WO2011078030A1 - Chromene compound - Google Patents

Chromene compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011078030A1
WO2011078030A1 PCT/JP2010/072550 JP2010072550W WO2011078030A1 WO 2011078030 A1 WO2011078030 A1 WO 2011078030A1 JP 2010072550 W JP2010072550 W JP 2010072550W WO 2011078030 A1 WO2011078030 A1 WO 2011078030A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
ring
condensed
carbon atoms
atom
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/072550
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
利彰 高橋
潤治 竹中
Original Assignee
株式会社トクヤマ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社トクヤマ filed Critical 株式会社トクヤマ
Priority to JP2011547495A priority Critical patent/JPWO2011078030A1/en
Publication of WO2011078030A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011078030A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D311/00Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings
    • C07D311/02Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D311/94Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only hetero atom, condensed with other rings ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with rings other than six-membered or with ring systems containing such rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D455/00Heterocyclic compounds containing quinolizine ring systems, e.g. emetine alkaloids, protoberberine; Alkylenedioxy derivatives of dibenzo [a, g] quinolizines, e.g. berberine
    • C07D455/02Heterocyclic compounds containing quinolizine ring systems, e.g. emetine alkaloids, protoberberine; Alkylenedioxy derivatives of dibenzo [a, g] quinolizines, e.g. berberine containing not further condensed quinolizine ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K9/00Tenebrescent materials, i.e. materials for which the range of wavelengths for energy absorption is changed as a result of excitation by some form of energy
    • C09K9/02Organic tenebrescent materials
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K2211/00Chemical nature of organic luminescent or tenebrescent compounds
    • C09K2211/10Non-macromolecular compounds
    • C09K2211/1018Heterocyclic compounds
    • C09K2211/1025Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands
    • C09K2211/1088Heterocyclic compounds characterised by ligands containing oxygen as the only heteroatom

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photochromic chromene compound, its use and an intermediate. More particularly, the present invention relates to a novel chromene compound useful as a photochromic compound for photochromic eyeglass lenses, its use, and an intermediate.
  • Photochromism is a reversible color that quickly changes when a compound is exposed to light containing ultraviolet light, such as sunlight or mercury lamp light, and stops when it is placed in a dark place. It is an action.
  • a compound having this property is called a photochromic compound and is used as a material for a photochromic plastic lens.
  • the degree of coloring in the visible light region before irradiation with ultraviolet rays (hereinafter referred to as “initial coloring”) is small; (II) The degree of coloration (hereinafter referred to as “color density”) when irradiated with ultraviolet rays is high, (III) The speed from the start of UV irradiation until the color density reaches saturation (hereinafter referred to as “color sensitivity”) (IV) A high speed (hereinafter referred to as “fading speed”) from when UV irradiation is stopped until it returns to its original state, (V) Curing so that the repetitive durability of the reversible action (hereinafter simply referred to as “repetitive durability” or “durability”) is good, and (VI) dispersibility in the host material used is high. There is a demand for the property of being dissolved at a high concentration in a monomer composition that later becomes a host material.
  • Photochromic plastic lenses using photochromic compounds are preferred to develop colors such as gray and brown.
  • Such an intermediate color can be obtained by mixing several kinds of photochromic compounds having different color tones during color development. Specifically, a yellow to red photochromic compound (yellow compound) having a maximum absorption at 430 to 530 nm is mixed with a purple to blue photochromic compound (blue compound) having a maximum absorption at 550 to 650 nm. Yes.
  • the color tone during the color development has a strong blue tint
  • the color tone during the color fading has a strong yellow tint
  • the present invention develops an intermediate color, has a small initial coloration, a high color density, a high color fading speed, a small color at the time of deterioration, and a small decrease in the color density when repeatedly used (for photochromic durability).
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a chromene compound that can be dissolved at a high concentration in a monomer composition that is an excellent base material for optical articles.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a process for producing the chromene compound of the present invention.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a photochromic curable composition comprising the chromene compound of the present invention and a polymerizable monomer.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a photochromic optical article having as a constituent member a polymer molded body in which the chromene compound of the present invention is dispersed.
  • Still another object of the present invention is to provide a novel naphthol derivative which is an intermediate in the production of the chromene compound of the present invention.
  • pyran skeleton compounds having highly electron-donating substituents bonded to the 6- and 7-positions of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton
  • the substituent having a high electron donating property is specifically a substituent bonded to the 6-position and the 7-position with an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • thermochromism initial coloration the color development due to heat at room temperature without light irradiation
  • thermochromism initial coloration is large. It has the disadvantage of low durability.
  • the electron-donating properties of the substituents at the 6-position and the 7-position are further increased, the degree of the above-described drawback increases.
  • the present inventors have conducted intensive studies to solve the above problems. As a result, the introduction of a sterically bulky substituent that does not have a high electron-donating property to at least one of the carbon atoms at positions 5 to 12 of the pyran skeleton of the above structural formula (1) results in color development.
  • the inventors have found that a chromene compound having a low initial coloration due to thermochromism and having a high double peak property can be obtained while maintaining various characteristics such as high density and fast fading speed.
  • a sterically bulky substituent includes an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring in an alicyclic ring in which a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton exists.
  • a condensed polycyclic group condensed with a ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton, an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic ring It is selected from the group consisting of a condensed polycyclic group in which a heterocyclic ring is condensed.
  • the chromene compound according to the present invention maintains various characteristics such as high color density and fast fading speed, the initial coloration due to thermochromism is small, and the reason for the high double peak property is not clear.
  • a sterically bulky substituent into at least one carbon atom of the ⁇ 12-position carbon atom and a sterically bulky substituent, the introduced 5--12-position substituent and pyran It is inferred that an unpredictable effect is achieved by some steric interaction with the skeleton.
  • a first object of the present invention is a chromene compound having an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton of the structural formula (1) as a basic skeleton, Indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is such that at least one of the carbon atoms at positions 5 to 12 is the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton.
  • An alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton.
  • the second object of the present invention is to produce the chromene compound.
  • a third object of the present invention is a photochromic curable composition containing the chromene compound and a polymerizable monomer.
  • a fourth object of the present invention is a photochromic optical article having as a constituent member a polymer molded body in which the chromene compound is dispersed.
  • a fifth object of the present invention is an optical article comprising, as a constituent member, an optical base material in which all or a part of at least one surface is coated with a polymer film in which the chromene compound is dispersed.
  • a sixth object of the present invention is a naphthol compound which is a raw material compound for producing the chromene compound of the present invention.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention exhibits an intermediate color tone, a small initial coloration, a high color density, and a fast fading speed even when dispersed in a solution or a polymer solid matrix. Excellent durability.
  • a photochromic lens using the chromene compound of the present invention when producing a photochromic lens using the chromene compound of the present invention, it is highly transparent indoors, and when it goes outdoors, it quickly develops a dark neutral color, and when it returns from the outdoors to the room, it fades quickly.
  • a highly durable photochromic lens that can be used for a long time can be manufactured.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention has an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran structure of the above structural formula (1) as a basic skeleton, and has a carbon atom at the 5- to 12-position of the pyran skeleton.
  • a condensed polycyclic ring in which at least one carbon atom is fused with an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring on an alicyclic ring in which a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton is present A group consisting of a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring in which a bonding site to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton is present And having a substituent selected from the group consisting of a carbon-carbon bond, it is possible to develop a deep intermediate color with a single compound while maintaining excellent photochromic properties.
  • the valence of the heteroatom is Since it is 2 to 3, the atoms bonded to the carbon atom are sterically smaller than carbon having a valence of 4. Although this is considered to be the cause, the obtained chromene compound tends to have a large initial coloration.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which the alicyclic ring is condensed to the alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably a condensed polycyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring, and having 7 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred.
  • Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring include, for example, a bicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, a bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, and a bicyclo Bicyclo ring groups such as [3,2,1] octane ring, bicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, bicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring, and, for example, 1-adamantane ring, 2- And a tricyclo ring group such as an adamantane ring.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably a condensed polycyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring, and having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred.
  • condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocycle is condensed to an alicyclic ring include an azabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, an azabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, an azabicyclo [3 , 2,1] octane ring, azabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, oxabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, oxabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, oxabicyclo [3,2, 1] octane ring, oxabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, thiabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, thiabicyclo [2,2] octane ring, thiabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, Bicyclo ring groups such as thiabi
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring are as follows: benzocyclopropane ring group, benzocyclobutane ring group, benzocyclopentane ring group, benzocyclohexane ring group, benzocycloheptane A cyclic group, a benzocyclooctane cyclic group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring are shown as 3,4-cyclopentenopyridine ring group, 3,4-cycloheptenopyridine ring group, 3,4 -Cyclooctenopyridine ring group and the like.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which the alicyclic ring is condensed to the aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable, and the carbon number is 6 to 20
  • the condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred.
  • Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring include an azabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, an oxabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, Examples include heptahydrocyclohexa [c] thiophene ring group.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which the aliphatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to the aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably a condensed polycyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring, and having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred.
  • Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocycle is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle include, for example, a diazabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, a diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, and a diazabicyclo.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring include a 2-indoline ring group, a 2-coumaran ring group, a 2,3-dihydrobenzo [c] thiophene ring group, and the like. Can be mentioned.
  • the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable.
  • a preferred example of a condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle is 2,3-dihydropyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 2,3-dihydrofuro [2 ,, 3-b] pyridine ring group, 2,3-dihydrothieno [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 4,6-dihydrofuro [3,4-b] furan group, 4,6-dihydrothieno [3,4-b ] A thiophene group etc. can be mentioned.
  • the condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring may itself be substituted.
  • the substituent which the condensed polycyclic group condensed with the aromatic ring or the aromatic heterocyclic ring may be described in detail.
  • the substituent includes a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; A heterocyclic group in which a nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom; a cyano group; a nitro group; a formyl group; a hydroxycarbonyl group; an alkylcarbonyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a halogen atom; an aralkyl group; An aralkoxy group; or an aryloxy group.
  • the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the haloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
  • suitable haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, chloromethyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, bromomethyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like.
  • the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
  • An amino group is an unsubstituted or substituted amino group.
  • substituent that the amino group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group.
  • heteroaryl groups having 4 to 12 carbon atoms such as aryl groups having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as aryl groups, thienyl groups, furyl groups, pyrrolinyl groups, and pyridyl groups, etc.
  • alkyl groups specifically examples of alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and cycloalkyl groups
  • suitable amino groups include amino groups, methylamino groups, dimethylamino groups, ethylamino groups, diethylamino groups, phenylamino groups, diphenylamino groups, and the like.
  • a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof are morpholino group, piperidino group, pyrrolidinyl group, piperazino group, N-methylpiperazino group, An indolinyl group etc. can be mentioned.
  • the heterocyclic group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the heterocyclic group having a substituent include 2,6-dimethylmorpholino group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidino group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidino group and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the alkylcarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an acetyl group and an ethylcarbonyl group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
  • the halogen atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but an aralkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl group, phenylethyl group, phenylpropyl group, phenylbutyl group, naphthylmethyl group and the like.
  • the aryl group is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group and the like.
  • the aralkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an aralkoxy group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable. Specific examples of suitable aralkoxy groups include benzyloxy groups and naphthylmethoxy groups.
  • the aryloxy group is not particularly limited, but an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy group, 1-naphthoxy group, 2-naphthoxy group and the like.
  • a group that is preferable in terms of obtaining a compound having small initial coloration and high double peak property can be exemplified.
  • Examples thereof include a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring or an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring, or a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
  • the condensed polycyclic group that can be possessed by the carbon atoms at positions 5 to 12 of the pyran skeleton is a sterically bulky substituent having a lower electron donating property than the alkoxy group.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention preferably has a substituent in which the resulting chromene compound has the following form.
  • the benzene ring containing the carbon atom at the 5-8th position of the pyran skeleton is on the plane in the molecular orbital calculation by MOPACPM3.
  • the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms is 0 °.
  • the carbon atom at the 5-position of the pyran skeleton has the condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 8-position, the 5-position of the pyran skeleton, It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atom at the 7-position and the carbon atoms at the 8-, 6- and 7-positions is 0.3 ° or more, and more preferably 0.5 ° or more. It is preferable that it is a substituent made into 1.0 degree or more especially.
  • the 6-position or 7-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton has the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic group as a substituent
  • the carbon atoms at the 5-position, 6-position and 8-position of the pyran skeleton and 5 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms at the position, 7-position, and 8-position is 0.3 ° or more, more preferably 0.5 ° or more.
  • the substituent is preferably 1.0 ° or more.
  • the carbon atom at the 8-position of the pyran skeleton has the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 6-position, 7-position, 5-position carbon atom and the 6-position, 8 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms at the 5th and 5th positions is 0.3 ° or more, more preferably 0.5 ° or more, particularly 1.0 °. A substituent as described above is preferable.
  • the above substituent when the substituent is present on the carbon atoms at the 5th to 8th positions of the pyran skeleton, the above substituent is preferably located at the 6th or 7th position of the pyran skeleton in order to further enhance the double peak property. Bonding to a carbon atom is preferred.
  • the chromene compound in the case where there is no substituent at positions 9 to 12 of the pyran skeleton has a benzene ring containing a carbon atom at positions 9 to 12 of the pyran skeleton on a plane in the molecular orbital calculation by MOPACPM3.
  • the dihedral angle formed by the 12th carbon atom is 0 °.
  • the 9-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton has the condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 12-position, the 9-position, It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atom at the 11th position and the carbon atoms at the 12th, 10th and 11th positions is 1.0 ° or more, and more preferably 1.3 ° or more. In particular, the substituent is preferably 1.5 ° or more.
  • the carbon atom at the 10th or 11th position of the pyran skeleton has the above condensed polycyclic group as a substituent
  • the 9th, 10th, and 12th carbon atoms of the pyran skeleton and 9 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms at the position, the 11th position, and the 12th position is 1.0 ° or more, more preferably 1.3 ° or more.
  • the substituent is preferably at least 1.5 °.
  • the 12-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton has the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 10-position, 11-position, 9-position carbon atom and the 10-position, 12 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atom at the position 9 and the 9-position is 1.0 ° or more, more preferably 1.3 ° or more, particularly 1.5. It is preferable that the substituent be at least 0 °.
  • the substituent when the substituent is present on the 9th to 12th carbon atoms of the pyran skeleton, the substituent is bonded to the 9th or 12th carbon atom in order to further enhance the double peak property. It is preferable.
  • preferable groups for satisfying the dihedral angle as described above include bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring group, 1-adamantane ring group, 2-adamantane ring group, azabicyclo [2, 2,2] octane ring group, azabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, 1-azaadamantane ring group and the like.
  • a particularly preferable group in terms of high double peak property and small initial coloration includes a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring.
  • particularly preferred groups include a bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring group, a 1-adamantane ring group, and a 2-adamantane ring group.
  • the molecular orbital calculation by MOPACPM3 is one of the molecular orbital methods (MO).
  • the molecular orbital method is one of the approximation methods for discussing the electronic state of molecules.
  • Empirical methods such as the Huckel method, semi-empirical methods that enhance the approximation of the Huckel method, and ab initio for obtaining molecular orbital functions strictly by calculation.
  • the molecular orbital method is one of the most powerful methods for relating a molecular structure to its chemical reactivity.
  • MOPACPM3 is a method that forms the core of the NDDO (Neglect of Diatomic Differential) Overlap) method, which is one of the semi-empirical methods. MOPACPM3 is used mainly for the purpose of considering the reaction and physical properties of organic compounds. Many documents and books [Molecular Orbital MOPAC Guidebook (Tsuneo Hirano, Kazutoshi Tanabe, Kaibundo, 1991), “Three “Introduction to Quantum Chemistry” (Sadajiro Yonezawa et al., Doujin Kagaku, 1983), “Computational Chemistry Guidebook” (Eiji Osawa et al., Tim Clark, Maruzen, 1985)].
  • chromene compound according to the present invention is represented by the following general formula (2).
  • R 1 and R 2 are an alicyclic ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring in the alicyclic ring in which the bonding site to the carbon atom of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton exists.
  • R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are each a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom, and a heterocycle in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently represented by the general formula (3) A group represented by the formula: wherein R 8 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; R 9 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom; m is an integer of 1 to 3; General formula (4) (Wherein R 10 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; n is an integer of 1 to 3), an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an alkyl group, or R 4 and R 5 are bonded to each other to form an alicyclic ring; R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group;
  • a condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton include an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or Details of the group selected from the group consisting of condensed polycyclic groups condensed with an aromatic heterocycle are as described above. At least one R 1 or R 2 must be present. That is, the sum (a + b) of a and b representing the number of R 1 and R 2 must be 1 or more and 8 or less.
  • R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are each a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom, and a heterocycle in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton.
  • the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the haloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable.
  • suitable haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, chloromethyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, bromomethyl group and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like.
  • the alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
  • An amino group is an amino group that is unsubstituted or optionally substituted.
  • substituent of the amino group include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group.
  • a heteroaryl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms such as an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolinyl group, and a pyridyl group (specific examples of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a cycloalkyl group).
  • suitable amino groups include amino groups, methylamino groups, dimethylamino groups, ethylamino groups, diethylamino groups, phenylamino groups, diphenylamino groups, and the like.
  • the heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom is not particularly limited.
  • a morpholino group, piperidino group, pyrrolidinyl group, piperazino group, N-methylpiperazino group, An indolinyl group etc. can be mentioned.
  • the heterocyclic group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
  • Preferred examples of the heterocyclic group having a substituent include 2,6-dimethylmorpholino group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidino group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidino group and the like. Is mentioned.
  • the alkylcarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an acetyl group and an ethylcarbonyl group.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
  • the halogen atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but an aralkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl group, phenylethyl group, phenylpropyl group, phenylbutyl group, naphthylmethyl group and the like.
  • the aryl group is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aryl groups include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group and the like.
  • the aralkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an aralkoxy group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aralkoxy groups include benzyloxy groups and naphthylmethoxy groups.
  • the aryloxy group is not particularly limited, but an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy group, 1-naphthoxy group, 2-naphthoxy group and the like.
  • R 1 ′ is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an amino group; or a nitrogen atom in that a high double peak property is obtained.
  • the nitrogen atom is preferably a heterocyclic group directly bonded to the carbon atom of the pyran skeleton.
  • Particularly suitable examples include a hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group, N, N-dimethylamino group, morpholino group and the like.
  • R 1 ′ contains an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an amino group; or a nitrogen atom, in order to enhance the double peak property.
  • a heterocyclic group that is directly bonded to a carbon atom of the skeleton is preferable. These groups are preferably bonded to the 6-position or 7-position carbon atom.
  • R 1 is bonded to either the 6-position or the 7-position carbon atom and contains an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an amino group; or a nitrogen atom, R 1 ′ selected from a heterocyclic group in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the pyran skeleton is preferably bonded to the other carbon atom to which R 1 is not bonded.
  • R 2 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom or an electron-withdrawing group in that a fast fading speed can be obtained.
  • R 2 ′ is an electron-withdrawing group
  • R 2 ′ is preferably bonded to a carbon atom at the 11-position in order to further increase the fading rate.
  • Suitable electron-withdrawing groups are a cyano group or a haloalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyano group and a trifluoromethyl group.
  • R 2 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 4 and R 5 are each independently a group represented by the general formula (3), a group represented by the general formula (4), an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an alkyl group.
  • R 8 in the general formula (3) is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • the heteroaryl group is not particularly limited, but a heteroaryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable heteroaryl groups include thienyl, furyl, pyrrolinyl, pyridyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzopyrrolinyl and the like.
  • R 9 of the general formula (3) is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a halogen atom.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group.
  • halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • m is an integer of 1 to 3, but m is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
  • Examples of suitable groups among the groups represented by the general formula (3) include phenyl-ethylenyl group, (4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl) -ethenyl group, (4-morpholinophenyl)- Ethenyl group, (4-piperidinophenyl) -ethenyl group, (4-methoxyphenyl) -ethenyl group, (2-methoxyphenyl) -ethenyl group, phenyl-1-methylethenyl group, (4-methoxyphenyl) -1 -Methylethenyl group, phenyl-1-fluoroethenyl group, (4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl) -1-fluoroethenyl group, 2-thienyl-ethenyl group, 2-furyl-ethenyl group, 2- (N-methyl) pyrrolinyl-ethenyl
  • R ⁇ 10 > is the same aryl group or heteroaryl group as said R ⁇ 8 >.
  • N is an integer of 1 to 3, and n is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
  • Examples of suitable groups among the groups represented by the general formula (4) are phenyl-ethynyl group, (4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl) -ethynyl group, (4-morpholinophenyl) -ethynyl.
  • Aryl group R 4 and R 5 the same group as the aryl group described above with reference to R 3 are applied.
  • the heteroaryl group for R 4 and R 5 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a heteroaryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • suitable heteroaryl groups include thienyl group, furyl group, pyrrolinyl group, pyridyl group, benzothienyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzopyrrolinyl group and the like.
  • alkyl groups the same groups as the alkyl group described for R 3 apply.
  • R 4 and R 5 can also be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic ring.
  • the alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, and specific examples of suitable rings include an adamantane ring, a bicyclononane ring, and a norbornane ring.
  • At least one of R 4 and R 5 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Furthermore, it is particularly preferable that at least one of R 4 and R 5 , preferably both, is any group shown in the following (i) to (iii). (I) an aryl group or heteroaryl group having an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as a substituent, (Ii) an aryl group or heteroaryl group having an amino group as a substituent, and (iii) a heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom as a heteroatom, and the nitrogen atom and the aryl group or heteroaryl group are bonded. An aryl group or heteroaryl group as a group.
  • the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, and the total number is not particularly limited.
  • the substitution position is preferably the 3- or 4-position when the aryl group is a phenyl group.
  • the number of substituents is preferably 1 to 2.
  • suitable aryl groups are 4-methylphenyl group, 4-methoxyphenyl group, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl group, 4-n-propoxyphenyl group, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl.
  • the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, and the total number is not particularly limited, but the number is preferably 1.
  • suitable heteroaryl groups include 4-methoxythienyl group, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) thienyl group, 4-methylfuryl group, 4- (N, N-diethylamino).
  • Examples include a furyl group, a 4- (N, N-diphenylamino) thienyl group, a 4-morpholinopyrrolinyl group, a 6-piperidinobenzothienyl group, and a 6- (N, N-dimethylamino) benzofuranyl group. .
  • R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is the carbon at the 13th position of the pyran skeleton.
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the carbon atom at the 13th position of the pyran skeleton, together with each other, the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring is 3 to 20 including the carbon atom at the 13th position.
  • a condensed polycycle in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to the alicyclic ring a heterocycle having 3 to 20 atoms including the carbon atom at the 13-position, or You may form the condensed polycycle which the aromatic ring or the aromatic heterocycle condensed to the said heterocyclic ring.
  • Examples of the alicyclic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including the carbon atom at the 13-position include, for example, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a norbornane ring, and a bicyclononane ring. And an adamantane ring.
  • examples of the condensed polycyclic ring in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring include a benzocyclohexane ring.
  • heterocyclic ring having 3 to 20 atoms including the 13-position carbon atom examples include a dihydrothiophene ring, a dihydrofuran ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, a dihydropyridine ring, and the like.
  • examples of the condensed polycycle in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to a heterocyclic ring include a dihydrobenzofuran ring and a dihydrobenzothiophene ring.
  • R 6 and R 7 together with the carbon atom at the 13th position of the pyran structure form a ring together.
  • the alicyclic ring, or a condensed polycyclic ring in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to the alicyclic ring Is preferably formed.
  • the alicyclic ring is formed from the viewpoint of reducing the initial coloring due to thermochromism and increasing the fading speed.
  • the alicyclic ring formed by R 6 and R 7 is an alicyclic ring (alkyl group, haloalkyl) containing 3 to 20 carbon atoms including the carbon atom at the 13-position.
  • Group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and a halogen atom which may have at least one substituent.
  • the alkyl group, haloalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, amino group, aralkyl group, aryl group and halogen atom are the same as those described for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ .
  • suitable groups include monocyclic rings such as cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring and cyclooctane ring, bicyclo rings such as norbornane ring and bicyclononane ring, and tricyclo rings such as adamantane ring. These may have at least one lower alkyl group having 4 or less carbon atoms such as a methyl group as a substituent.
  • a hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred from the viewpoint that the initial coloring due to thermochromism is reduced and the fading speed is increased.
  • a single ring is preferable from the viewpoint that initial coloration due to thermochromism is reduced and a fading speed is increased.
  • the single ring examples include a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a cyclononane ring, a cyclodecane ring, and 3,3. , 5,5-tetramethylcyclohexane ring, and the like.
  • a cyclooctane ring, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclo A hexane ring or the like is preferable.
  • representative examples of the most preferable ring formed by combining R 6 and R 7 are represented by the following structural formulas, for example.
  • the carbon at the position indicated by the numeral “13” in the following formula corresponds to the 13th carbon of the pyran skeleton.
  • both R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (2) are an alicyclic ring, an alicyclic ring, a fatty acid, because the initial coloring is small and the double peak property is high.
  • Particularly preferred is a chromene compound which is a substituent selected from a condensed polycyclic group.
  • lomen compounds represented by the following general formula (5) or general formula (6) are also particularly suitable.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b and d are respectively the same as those described in the general formula (2)
  • R 3 and R 11 are each a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 5-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton.
  • R 12 is an electron-donating substituent having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.1 or less among R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ in the general formula (2).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b, and d in the general formulas (5) and (6) are respectively represented by the general formula (2).
  • the groups exemplified in the general formula (2) are also included in the groups having the same meanings as those described above and preferable groups as these groups.
  • the number of groups and the position of the carbon atom to be bonded are also the same as those described in the general formula (2).
  • R 3 and R 11 are each a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 5-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton.
  • Specific examples of these groups include the same groups as those exemplified for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ above.
  • preferable groups include those exemplified for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ above.
  • R 12 and R 13 in the general formulas (5) and (6) are electron donating properties in which the Hammett number ⁇ p is ⁇ 0.1 or less in R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ in the general formula (2). It is a group. When R 12 and R 13 are the electron donating group, a particularly excellent effect is exhibited.
  • the Hammett number ⁇ p is defined based on the Hammett's rule, which uses the dissociation constant Ka of p-substituted benzoic acid as a reference, and quantifies the electrical effect of the substituent bonded to the ⁇ -electron system. is there.
  • the substituent whose Hammett number ⁇ p is 0 is a hydrogen atom.
  • R 12 and R 13 are particularly preferably electron donating groups having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.1 or less. In the case of having an electron donating group that satisfies such a range, the double peak property can be enhanced while suppressing initial coloring.
  • the alkyl group is usually a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.2 or more and ⁇ 0.1 or less, and in the present invention, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • Group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group ( ⁇ p ⁇ 0.15) and the like.
  • the cycloalkyl group is usually a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.2 or more and ⁇ 0.1 or less, and in the present invention, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the alkoxy group is usually a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.3 or more and ⁇ 0.2 or less, and in the present invention, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the aryloxy group is usually a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.5 or more and ⁇ 0.2 or less, and in the present invention, an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • the aryloxy group one or more hydrogen atoms of the benzene ring are substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It may be a thing. Even with an aryloxy group substituted with these groups, the Hammett number ⁇ p is ⁇ 0.1 or less.
  • the amino group is usually a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 1.0 or more and ⁇ 0.5 or less.
  • the substituent of the amino group include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 4 ⁇ 12 heteroaryl groups and the like.
  • a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and directly bonded to the 6th or 7th carbon atom of the pyran skeleton is usually a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 1.0 or more and ⁇ 0.4 or less. is there.
  • the heterocyclic group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group.
  • Specific examples of the heterocyclic group having a substituent include 2,6-dimethylmorpholino group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidino group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidino group and the like. It is done.
  • a group having a Hammett number ⁇ p of ⁇ 0.90 to ⁇ 0.20 is more preferable, and a group of ⁇ 0.60 to ⁇ 0.20 is more preferable in terms of excellent balance between initial coloring and double peak property.
  • a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom such as an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, a morpholino group, or the like, and the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 6th or 7th carbon atom of the pyran skeleton. Is particularly preferred.
  • chromene compounds in the present invention include the following compounds.
  • chromene compound of the present invention generally exists as a colorless, pale yellow or pale green solid or viscous liquid at room temperature and normal pressure, and is prepared by the following means (a) to (c). I can confirm.
  • composition of the corresponding product can be determined by elemental analysis.
  • chromene compound of the present invention is not particularly limited, and is carried out according to various synthetic methods.
  • the chromene compound represented by the general formula (2) is preferably produced by the following method.
  • symbols in the respective formulas have the same meanings as described in the above-described formulas unless otherwise specified.
  • the acid catalyst sulfuric acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acidic alumina and the like are used, and the acid catalyst is used in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the total of naphthol derivative and propargyl alcohol derivative. It is done.
  • the reaction temperature is usually preferably from 0 to 200 ° C.
  • an aprotic organic solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene or the like is used.
  • the method for purifying the product obtained by such a reaction is not particularly limited. For example, purification can be performed by silica gel column purification and further by recrystallization.
  • the naphthol derivative represented by the general formula (7) is a novel compound and constitutes one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the compound represented by the following structural formula can be mentioned, for example.
  • the naphthol compound represented by the general formula (7) according to the present invention is synthesized according to the following reaction scheme.
  • Step a) Preparation of compound of general formula (10) from benzene derivative represented by general formula (9) (Wherein R 1 and a have the same meaning as in the general formula (2)) are reacted with magnesium to give a Grignard reagent, and then reacted with an acid chloride to give a general formula (10 ) (R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , a, b, c and d are the same as those in the general formula (2)).
  • Step b) Preparation of the compound represented by the general formula (11)
  • the compound represented by the general formula (10) obtained in the step a) is subjected to the Stobbe reaction and then to the cyclization reaction to give the general formula (11)
  • the compound represented by is prepared.
  • R is a group derived from the diester compound used in the Stobbe reaction.
  • Step c) Preparation of the compound represented by the general formula (12)
  • the compound represented by the general formula (11) obtained in the preparation step b) is hydrolyzed with an alkali or an acid to obtain the general formula (12).
  • the carboxylic acid represented by is prepared.
  • Step d) Preparation of carboxylic acid compound represented by general formula (13)
  • the carboxylic acid represented by general formula (12) obtained in step c) is benzylated using a base such as potassium carbonate and benzyl chloride, Subsequently, it hydrolyzes with an alkali or an acid, General formula (13)
  • Step e) Preparation of the alcohol compound represented by the general formula (14)
  • the benzyl-protected carboxylic acid derivative represented by the general formula (13) obtained in the step d) is converted by a method such as Curtius rearrangement, Hofmann rearrangement or Lossen rearrangement. Convert to amine and prepare diazonium salt from this amine.
  • the diazonium salt is converted to bromide by Sandmeyer reaction or the like, and the resulting bromide is reacted with magnesium, lithium or the like to prepare an organometallic reagent.
  • This organometallic reagent is represented by the general formula (15) (Wherein R 6 and R 7 have the same meaning as in the general formula (2)), the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent at ⁇ 80 to 70 ° C. for 10 minutes to 4 hours, and then hydrogen and By carrying out debenzylation reaction with palladium carbon or the like, general formula (14) (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c and d are the same as those in the general formula (2)).
  • the reaction ratio between the organometallic reagent and the ketone represented by the general formula (15) is selected from a wide range, but is generally selected from the range of 1:10 to 10: 1 (molar ratio). Is done.
  • the reaction temperature is usually preferably from ⁇ 80 to 70 ° C., and as the solvent, an aprotic organic solvent such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene or the like is used.
  • Step f) Preparation of a naphthol derivative of the general formula (7)
  • the alcohol form represented by the general formula (14) obtained in the step e) is subjected to neutral to acidic conditions at 10 to 120 ° C. for 10 minutes to 2 hours.
  • a naphthol derivative represented by the general formula (7) is prepared by performing a Friedel-Crafts reaction.
  • Such a reaction is preferably carried out using an acid catalyst such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acidic alumina, etc., and such an acid catalyst is 0.1 per 100 parts by weight of alcohol. It is preferable to use in the range of ⁇ 10 parts by weight.
  • a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, benzene, or toluene is used.
  • Benzene derivative of structural formula (16) The benzene derivative of the structural formula (16) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of Organic Cemistry, 729-733; 1998.
  • Benzene derivative of structural formula (17) The benzene derivative of the structural formula (17) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 4993-5006; 1995.
  • Benzene derivative of structural formula (18) The benzene derivative of the structural formula (18) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of the American Chemical Society, 5654-5655; 1990.
  • Benzene derivative of structural formula (19) The benzene derivative of the structural formula (19) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of Chemical Society, Perkin Transactions 2, 662-668; 1976.
  • the benzene derivative of the structural formula (20) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Australian Journal of Chemistry, 115-119; 1981, Journal, Journal of Organic Chemistry, 3129-3132;
  • the propargyl alcohol derivative represented by the general formula (8) can be synthesized by various methods. For example, by reacting a ketone derivative corresponding to the general formula (8) with a metal acetylene compound such as lithium acetylide. Easy to synthesize.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention synthesized as described above dissolves well in common organic solvents such as toluene, chloroform, and tetrahydrofuran.
  • a chromene compound is dissolved in such a solvent, generally, the solution is almost colorless and transparent, and rapidly develops color when irradiated with sunlight or ultraviolet rays, and reversibly and rapidly returns to the original colorless when light is blocked. It exhibits a good photochromic effect.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention exhibits an intermediate color by itself, but can also be used in combination with other photochromic compounds in order to obtain various color tones required as a photochromic lens.
  • known compounds can be used without any limitation.
  • fulgide, fulgimide, spirooxazine, chromene and the like can be mentioned.
  • a chromene compound is particularly preferable because it can maintain a uniform color tone at the time of color development and color, can suppress a color shift at the time of color development due to deterioration of photochromic properties, and can reduce initial coloring.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention contains the chromene compound of the present invention, and, like the chromene compound described above, by combining with other chromene compounds having good color development sensitivity and fading speed and small initial coloration, the color tone at the time of fading is uniform.
  • a photochromic composition that provides high transparency can be obtained.
  • chromene compounds to be combined are preferably those having a transmittance of 75% or more by thermochromism and an absorption edge of the ultraviolet absorption curve of 380 to 430 nm. Further, it is particularly preferable that the transmittance by thermochromism is 85% or more and the absorption edge of the ultraviolet absorption curve is 380 to 420 nm, the transmittance by thermochromism is 88% or more, and the absorption edge of the ultraviolet absorption curve. Is most preferably 380 to 410 nm.
  • permeability by this thermochromism and the absorption edge of an ultraviolet absorption curve are the values measured by the method described in the following Example.
  • R 2 ′ , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are the same as those shown in the general formula (2), and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl Group, alkyl group, haloalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, amino group, heterocyclic group containing a ring nitrogen atom and bonded to the benzene ring to which it is bonded, cyano group, nitro group, A formyl group, a hydroxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, an aralkyl group, an aralkoxy group, an aryloxy group or an aryl group, m is an integer of 0 to 4, and n is an integer of 0 to 2 It is. Specific examples include, for example, compounds described in International Publication WO2001 / 60811 Pamphlet.
  • R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are the same as those shown in the general formula (2), and R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group.
  • alkoxy group alkoxy group, amino group, heterocyclic group containing a ring nitrogen atom and bonded to the benzene ring to which it is bonded, cyano group, nitro group, formyl group, hydroxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group , An alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, an aralkyl group, an aralkoxy group, an aryloxy group or an aryl group, and o and p are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication WO2009 / 136668 Pamphlet.
  • the blending ratio of each chromene compound may be appropriately determined according to the desired color tone.
  • the chromene compound or other chromene compound of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerization monomer.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coating monomer or the polymerizable monomer that gives the coating film
  • the color tone is preferably adjusted in the range of 0.001 to 5.0 parts by mass and other chromene compounds 0.001 to 5.0 parts by mass.
  • a thick cured body for example, 1 mm or more
  • the color tone is preferably adjusted in the range of 0.001 to 0.5 parts by mass of the other chromene compounds.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention is highly durable as it is, the durability can be further enhanced by using the following ultraviolet absorber, light stabilizer, antioxidant and the like.
  • the ultraviolet absorber known ultraviolet absorbers such as a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, a cyanoacrylate compound, a triazine compound, and a benzoate compound can be used, and in particular, a cyanoacrylate compound and a benzophenone compound. Compounds are preferred.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is effective when used in the range of 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerization monomer containing the chromene compound of the present invention.
  • a known hindered amine can be used as the light stabilizer
  • a known hindered phenol can be used as the antioxidant.
  • the above light stabilizer and antioxidant are effective when used in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerization monomer containing the chromene compound of the present invention.
  • the photochromic composition comprising the chromene compound of the present invention and the chromene compound represented by the structural formula (1), the general formula (21) or (22) has similar photochromic properties even in a polymer solid matrix. Indicates. As such a polymer solid matrix, any polymer can be used as long as the chromene compound of the present invention is uniformly dispersed.
  • Optically preferred polymer compounds for the polymer solid matrix include, for example, polymethyl acrylate, polyethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, poly Mention may be made of thermoplastic resins such as (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), polydimethylsiloxane and polycarbonate.
  • the photochromic composition containing the chromene compound of the present invention and the chromene compound represented by the structural formula (1), the general formula (21) or (22) is prepared by using various polymerizable monomers before forming a polymer. It can also be set as a photochromic composition by superposing
  • Photochromic composition containing a chromene compound represented by the general formula (21) or (22) and polymerizable monomers (A1), (A2) and (A3) shown below: (A1) a polymerizable monomer having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 40 or less in a polymer obtained by homopolymerization, (A2) a tri- or higher functional radical polymerizable monomer having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 60 or more of a polymer obtained by homopolymerization, (A3) A bifunctional radical polymerizable monomer having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 60 or more of the polymer obtained by homopolymerization is mixed to form a cured product having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 60 or more.
  • a photochromic curable composition is preferred.
  • each component include, for example, (A1) component such as glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, ⁇ -methyl glycidyl methacrylate, bisphenol A-monoglycidyl ether-methacrylate, 4-glycidyloxy methacrylate, 3- (glycidyl-2 Acrylics such as 3-oxyethoxy) -2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3- (glycidyloxy-1-isopropyloxy) -2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3- (glycidyloxy-2-hydroxypropyloxy) -2-hydroxypropyl acrylate;
  • (A2) component includes trimethylolpropane trimeta
  • Polyacrylates such as polyacrylates such as relate and polymethacrylate compounds, urethane acrylates such as urethan
  • a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the polymerizable monomer described above with a polymerizable monofunctional monomer can be used as the polymer matrix.
  • polymerizable monofunctional monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and maleic anhydride; diallyl phthalate, diallyl terephthalate, diallyl isophthalate, diallyl tartrate, diallyl epoxy succinate, diallyl Polyvalent allyl compounds such as fumarate, diallyl chlorendate, diallyl hexaphthalate, diallyl carbonate, allyl diglycol carbonate, trimethylolpropane triallyl carbonate; 1,2-bis (methacryloylthio) ethane, bis (2-acryloylthioethyl) ) Ether, 1,4-bis (methacryloylthiomethyl) benzene and other polyvalent thioacrylic acid and polyvalent thiomethacrylic acid este
  • the method for dispersing the chromene compound of the present invention in the polymer solid matrix is not particularly limited, and a general method can be used.
  • Examples thereof include a method of polymerizing and dispersing in a resin, and a method of dispersing in a resin by dyeing a chromene compound on the surface of the thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin.
  • the chromene compound of the present invention can be widely used as a photochromic material, for example, various kinds of storage materials, copy materials, printing photoreceptors, cathode ray tube storage materials, laser photosensitive materials, and holographic photosensitive materials in place of silver salt photosensitive materials. It can be used as various storage materials.
  • the photochromic material using the chromene compound of the present invention can also be used as a material for photochromic lens materials, optical filter materials, display materials, light quantity meters, decorations, and the like.
  • a photochromic lens when used for a photochromic lens, there is no particular limitation as long as it is a method capable of obtaining uniform light control performance. Specifically, a method of sandwiching a polymer film formed by uniformly dispersing the photochromic material of the present invention in a lens, a chromene compound of the present invention dispersed in the polymerizable monomer, A method of polymerizing by this method, or this compound is dissolved in, for example, silicone oil, impregnated on the lens surface over 10 to 60 minutes at 150 to 200 ° C., and further, the surface is coated with a curable substance, and photochromic There is a method of using a lens. Further, there is a method of applying the polymer film to the lens surface and coating the surface with a curable substance to form a photochromic lens.
  • a coating agent made of a polymerization curable composition containing the chromene compound of the present invention may be applied to the surface of the lens substrate to cure the coating film.
  • the lens substrate may be subjected to a surface treatment such as a surface treatment with an alkaline solution or a plasma treatment in advance, and further (with or without these surface treatments), the substrate and the coating film.
  • a primer can also be applied in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate.
  • Structural formula (23) Naphthol derivative of 1.20 g (2.3 mmol) and structural formula (24)
  • the propargyl alcohol derivative (0.80 g, 3.0 mmol) was dissolved in 70 ml of toluene, 0.022 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid was further added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour while heating under reflux. After the reaction, the solvent was removed and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel to obtain 1.33 as a white powder product. The yield was 75%.
  • the elemental analysis values of this product are C 84.01%, H 7.64%, O 8.35% (the analysis value of oxygen was calculated by subtracting the analysis value of other elements from 100%), and C 54 H The calculated values of 58 ⁇ 4 were in good agreement with C 84.12%, H 7.58% and O 8.30%.
  • the proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was measured, and the peak of 33H based on the methyl proton of the tetramethylcyclohexane ring, the proton of the adamantane ring and the methylene proton was around 1.0 to 3.0 ppm, and the vicinity of ⁇ 2.3 to 4.5 ppm. Shows a peak of 9H based on the methyl proton of the methoxy group, and a peak of 16H based on the aromatic proton and the alkene proton in the vicinity of ⁇ 5.6-9.0 ppm.
  • Example 2 to 12 chromene compounds shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-3 (Examples 2 to 12) were synthesized.
  • the obtained product was subjected to structural analysis using the same structure confirmation means as in Example 1. As a result, it was confirmed that the product was a compound having the structural formula shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-3.
  • Table 2 shows elemental analysis values of these compounds, calculated values obtained from the structural formulas of the respective compounds, and characteristic spectra of 1 H-NMR spectra.
  • photochromic curable composition 2,2-bis (4-methacryloyloxypentaethoxyphenyl) propane / polyethylene glycol diacrylate (average molecular weight 532) / trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate / polyester oligomer is used as a radical polymerizable monomer.
  • Maximum absorption wavelength ( ⁇ max) The maximum absorption wavelength after color development determined with a spectrophotometer (instant multichannel photodetector MCPD3000) manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., and used as an index of color tone during color development. The maximum absorption wavelength is related to the color tone at the time of color development.
  • Double peak property (A Y / A B ): yellow (having a maximum absorption wavelength from 430 nm to 530 nm) color density (A Y : value of ⁇ max ) and blue (maximum from 550 nm to 650 nm) The ratio of the absorption wavelength) to the color density (A B : value of ⁇ max ), and used as an index of double peak property.
  • Fading half-life ( ⁇ 1 / 2 (seconds): After light irradiation for 120 seconds, when the light irradiation is stopped, the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength of the sample is ⁇ (120) ⁇ (0) ⁇ This is the time required to decrease to 1/2 of this value, and was used as an index for fading speed. The shorter the time, the faster the fading speed.
  • Absorption edge ( ⁇ 0 ) The photochromic plastic lens obtained under the above conditions was used as a sample, and this was stored in a dark place all day and night, and then at room temperature, an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, UV-2550) ) To measure the transmittance (T%) of ultraviolet light from 300 nm to 800 nm. A tangent line is drawn with respect to the ultraviolet light absorption curve so that the transmittance (T%) of the obtained ultraviolet light absorption curve is 50%, and the transmittance (T%) of the tangential line becomes zero.
  • the absorption edge of the absorption wavelength was determined and used as an index for initial coloring. For example, in an optical article such as an eyeglass lens, the lower this value, the lower the initial coloration and the higher the transparency in the non-irradiated state.
  • Thermochromism (T 0 ) from 300 nm to 800 nm using a photochromic plastic lens obtained under the above conditions as a sample at room temperature using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, UV-2550) Measure the transmittance (T%).
  • the transmittance at a wavelength where the transmittance in the range of 430 nm to 650 nm takes a minimum value was determined and used as an index for initial coloring. The larger this value, the smaller the initial coloration and the higher the transparency when not irradiated with light.
  • Residual rate (A 50 / A 0 ⁇ 100): The obtained photochromic plastic lens is accelerated and deteriorated by a xenon weather meter X25 manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. for 50 hours. Thereafter, the color density was evaluated before and after the test, the color density (A 0 ) before the test and the color density (A 50 ) after the test were measured, and the ratio (A 50 / A 0 ) was defined as the residual rate. It was used as an index of color durability. The higher the remaining rate, the higher the durability of coloring.
  • Color development sensitivity [ ⁇ (10) / ⁇ (120)]: Using the photochromic plastic lens obtained under the above conditions as a sample, the color density ⁇ (120) ⁇ after light irradiation for 120 seconds and light irradiation for 10 seconds The ratio with the subsequent color density ⁇ (10) ⁇ was calculated and used as an index of color development sensitivity. The larger this value, the deeper the color developed in a shorter time for light irradiation.
  • Table 3 summarizes the results of the photochromic properties obtained for the photochromic plastic lens using the chromene compound of Example 1.
  • Examples 13 to 24 (compounds 1 to 12) using the chromene compound of the present invention showed high color density, high color fading speed, small initial coloration, high repetition durability, It turns out that a high double peak property is shown.
  • a Y / A B can reduce the amount of yellow compounds generally having low durability when adjusting to a gray or brown color tone.
  • a Y / A B is preferably at least 1.00, more preferably 1.10 or more, more preferably 1.20 or more, particularly preferably 1.30 or more.
  • the fading half-life ⁇ 1 / 2 is preferably 40 seconds or more and less than 130 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds or more and less than 100 seconds, and particularly preferably 40 seconds or more and less than 80 seconds.
  • thermochromism is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 87% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more.
  • the absorption edge is preferably from 400 nm to 420 nm, more preferably from 405 nm to 420 nm, particularly preferably from 405 nm to 415 nm, from the viewpoint of initial coloring and color development sensitivity.
  • Comparative Example 1 (Compound A) has a high double peak property, it has a problem that the fading speed is very slow, the initial transmittance is low (colored brown), and the repetition durability is slightly low.
  • Example 20 (Compound 8) of the present invention maintains a double peak property, has a high fading speed, a high initial transmittance, and a high repetition durability.
  • Comparative Example 2 (Compound B) has problems that the double peak property is low, the initial transmittance is low (colored in gray), and the repeated durability is also low.
  • Example 21 (Compound 9) of the present invention has a high double peak property, a high initial transmittance, and a high durability.
  • Comparative Example 3 (Compound C) has a high double peak property and excellent repeatability, but has a large initial coloration due to the absorption edge (colored yellow because the absorption edge is in the visible region).
  • Example 22 (Compound 10) of the present invention shows that the initial coloring due to the absorption edge is small while maintaining the double peak property and the repeated durability.
  • Comparative Example 4 has a methoxy group at the 6-position, but in any of the 5-position, 7-position, and 9-12-position, the alicyclic ring is an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring A fused polycyclic group fused with a ring or an aromatic heterocycle, or a fused polycyclic group fused with an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocycle, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocycle on an aliphatic heterocycle Does not have a substituent. In this case, a high double peak property cannot be obtained.
  • Comparative Example 5 is a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring at any of positions 5 to 12.
  • the aliphatic heterocyclic ring does not have a substituent selected from an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or a condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed. In this case, a high double peak property cannot be obtained.
  • Example 24 Compound 12 of the present invention has a small initial coloring due to the absorption edge while maintaining the double peak property and the repeated durability.
  • a photochromic plastic lens was produced in the same manner as in Example 12 except that the compounds obtained in Examples 25 to 38 were used as the chromene compound, and the characteristics thereof were evaluated. The results are summarized in Table 7. Compound Nos. 25 to 38 in Table 7 are chromene compounds obtained in Examples 25 to 38, respectively.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Pyrane Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a novel, durable photochromic compound that exhibits a medium color tone when in a colored state, low initial coloration, high color density, and a high fading speed. Said photochromic compound is a chromene compound, the basic skeleton of which is an indeno(2,1-f)naphtho(1,2-b)pyran structure represented by structural formula (1). One of the carbon atoms between the fifth carbon atom and the twelfth carbon in the pyran structure, inclusive, is connected via a carbon-carbon bond to a substituent which is a condensed polycyclic group wherein an alicyclic ring, aliphatic heterocyclic ring, aromatic ring, or aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed with an alicyclic ring or aliphatic heterocyclic ring which has a binding site for the carbon atom in the pyran structure.

Description

クロメン化合物Chromene compounds
 本発明は、フォトクロミッククロメン化合物、その用途及び中間体に関する。さらに詳しくはフォトクロミック眼鏡レンズ用のフォトクロミック化合物として有用な新規なクロメン化合物、その用途及び中間体に関する。 The present invention relates to a photochromic chromene compound, its use and an intermediate. More particularly, the present invention relates to a novel chromene compound useful as a photochromic compound for photochromic eyeglass lenses, its use, and an intermediate.
 フォトクロミズムとは、ある化合物に、太陽光あるいは水銀灯の光のような紫外線を含む光を照射すると速やかに色が変わり、光の照射を止めて、暗所に置かれると、元の色に戻る可逆作用のことである。この性質を有する化合物はフォトクロミック化合物と呼ばれ、フォトクロミックプラスチックレンズの材料として使用されている。 Photochromism is a reversible color that quickly changes when a compound is exposed to light containing ultraviolet light, such as sunlight or mercury lamp light, and stops when it is placed in a dark place. It is an action. A compound having this property is called a photochromic compound and is used as a material for a photochromic plastic lens.
 このような用途に使用されるフォトクロミック化合物においては、
(I)紫外線を照射する前の可視光領域での着色度(以下、「初期着色」という)が小さいこと、
(II)紫外線を照射した時の着色度(以下、「発色濃度」という)が高いこと、
(III)紫外線を照射し始めてから発色濃度が飽和に達するまでの速度(以下、「発色感度」という)が速いこと、
(IV)紫外線の照射を止めてから元の状態に戻るまでの速度(以下、「退色速度」という)が速いこと、
(V)この可逆作用の繰り返し耐久性(以下、単に「繰り返し耐久性」又は「耐久性」という)がよいこと、及び
(VI)使用されるホスト材料への分散性が高くなるように、硬化後にホスト材料となるモノマー組成物に高濃度で溶解すること
といった特性が求められている。
In photochromic compounds used for such applications,
(I) the degree of coloring in the visible light region before irradiation with ultraviolet rays (hereinafter referred to as “initial coloring”) is small;
(II) The degree of coloration (hereinafter referred to as “color density”) when irradiated with ultraviolet rays is high,
(III) The speed from the start of UV irradiation until the color density reaches saturation (hereinafter referred to as “color sensitivity”)
(IV) A high speed (hereinafter referred to as “fading speed”) from when UV irradiation is stopped until it returns to its original state,
(V) Curing so that the repetitive durability of the reversible action (hereinafter simply referred to as “repetitive durability” or “durability”) is good, and (VI) dispersibility in the host material used is high. There is a demand for the property of being dissolved at a high concentration in a monomer composition that later becomes a host material.
 このような要求を満足し得るフォトクロミック化合物としては、構造式(1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
      
のインデノ(2,1-f)ナフト(1,2-b)ピラン構造を基本骨格として有するクロメン化合物が知られている(例えば、特許文献1及び2参照)。
As a photochromic compound that can satisfy such requirements, structural formula (1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

A chromene compound having an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran structure as a basic skeleton is known (see, for example, Patent Documents 1 and 2).
 フォトクロミック化合物を利用したフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズは、グレー、ブラウン等の中間色に発色することが好まれている。このような中間色は、発色時の色調の異なる数種類のフォトクロミック化合物を混合することにより得られる。具体的には、430~530 nmに極大吸収を有する黄色~赤色のフォトクロミック化合物(黄色化合物)と、550~650 nmに極大吸収を有する紫色~青色のフォトクロミック化合物(青色化合物)とを混合している。 ¡Photochromic plastic lenses using photochromic compounds are preferred to develop colors such as gray and brown. Such an intermediate color can be obtained by mixing several kinds of photochromic compounds having different color tones during color development. Specifically, a yellow to red photochromic compound (yellow compound) having a maximum absorption at 430 to 530 nm is mixed with a purple to blue photochromic compound (blue compound) having a maximum absorption at 550 to 650 nm. Yes.
 しかし、このような方法で色調調節を行なった場合には、混合された化合物のフォトクロミック物性の違いにより、種々の問題が生じる。例えば、黄色化合物の繰り返し耐久性が青色化合物と比較して低い場合、長期にわたって使用していくと、発色色調が徐々に青色の強い色調へと変化してしまうという問題が発生していた。 However, when the color tone is adjusted by such a method, various problems occur due to the difference in the photochromic properties of the mixed compounds. For example, when the repetition durability of the yellow compound is lower than that of the blue compound, there has been a problem that the color tone changes gradually to a strong blue tone when used over a long period of time.
 また、黄色化合物の発色感度及び退色速度が青色化合物と比べて低い場合、発色途中の色調は青味が強く、退色途中の色調は黄色味が強いものとなる等の問題が発生していた。 Further, when the color development sensitivity and the fading speed of the yellow compound are lower than those of the blue compound, the color tone during the color development has a strong blue tint, and the color tone during the color fading has a strong yellow tint.
 このような問題は、光照射時に2つ以上の吸収極大を有し、且つ単一の化合物で中間色に発色する化合物(ダブルピーク化合物)を使用することにより解決できると考えられる。一般的に、黄色化合物の方が、青色化合物よりも耐久性に劣ることが知られている。そのため、ダブルピーク化合物においては、黄色(430~530 nmに最大吸収波長を有する)の発色濃度が、青色(550~650 nmに最大吸収波長を有する)の発色濃度よりも、より高くなる化合物が望まれている(以下、ダブルピーク化合物において、青色発色濃度に対する黄色発色濃度の比をダブルピーク性とする場合もある)。 It is considered that such a problem can be solved by using a compound (double peak compound) that has two or more absorption maximums when irradiated with light and develops a single compound in an intermediate color. In general, it is known that a yellow compound is inferior in durability to a blue compound. Therefore, in the double peak compound, there is a compound in which the color density of yellow (having the maximum absorption wavelength at 430 to 530 nm) is higher than the color density of blue (having the maximum absorption wavelength at 550 to 650 nm). (Hereinafter, in the case of a double peak compound, the ratio of the yellow color density to the blue color density may be double peaked).
 これまで、光照射時に2つ以上の吸収極大を有するフォトクロミック化合物(ダブルピーク化合物)は、下記式(A)~(C)に示すような化合物が知られている。 So far, compounds as shown in the following formulas (A) to (C) are known as photochromic compounds (double peak compounds) having two or more absorption maximums upon light irradiation.
 しかし、これら化合物は、次の点で改善の余地があった:
 すなわち、構造式(A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
      
を有するクロメン化合物(特許文献3参照)は、ダブルピーク性は高いものの、退色速度が遅い上、繰り返し耐久性が低いという問題があった。
However, these compounds have room for improvement in the following respects:
That is, structural formula (A)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

The chromene compound (see Patent Document 3) having a high double peak property has a problem that the fading speed is slow and the repetition durability is low.
 また、構造式(B)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
      
を有するクロメン化合物(特許文献4参照)は、430~530 nmの吸収が、550~650 nmの吸収に比べて小さく、ダブルピーク性が低いという問題があった。
Structural formula (B)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

The chromene compound (see Patent Document 4) having a problem has a problem that the absorption at 430 to 530 nm is smaller than the absorption at 550 to 650 nm and the double peak property is low.
 さらに、構造式(C)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
      
を有するクロメン化合物(特許文献5参照)は、ダブルピーク性に優れ、実用的な発色濃度及び退色速度を有しているが、吸収スペクトルの末端部分(以下、吸収端という)が420nmを超えて可視域に到達しているため、初期着色がやや大きいという点で改善の余地があった。
Furthermore, structural formula (C)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

The chromene compound (see Patent Document 5) having an excellent double peak property and a practical color density and fading speed, but the terminal portion of the absorption spectrum (hereinafter referred to as the absorption edge) exceeds 420 nm. Since it reached the visible range, there was room for improvement in that the initial coloring was slightly large.
国際公開 WO 99/15518 パンフレットInternational publication WO 99/15518 pamphlet 国際公開 WO 01/60811 パンフレットInternational publication WO 01/60811 brochure 国際公開 WO 01/19813 パンフレットInternational publication WO 01/19813 pamphlet 国際公開 WO 03/44022 パンフレットInternational publication WO 03/44022 pamphlet 国際公開 WO 05/28465 パンフレットInternational publication WO 05/28465 pamphlet
 本発明は、中間色に発色し、初期着色が小さく、発色濃度が高く、退色速度が速く、且つ劣化時の着色が少なく、繰り返し使用した場合の発色濃度の低下が少なく(フォトクロミック性の耐久性に優れた)、光学物品の基材となるモノマー組成物に高濃度で溶解し得るクロメン化合物を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention develops an intermediate color, has a small initial coloration, a high color density, a high color fading speed, a small color at the time of deterioration, and a small decrease in the color density when repeatedly used (for photochromic durability). An object of the present invention is to provide a chromene compound that can be dissolved at a high concentration in a monomer composition that is an excellent base material for optical articles.
 本発明の他の目的は、本発明のクロメン化合物の製法を提供することにある。 Another object of the present invention is to provide a process for producing the chromene compound of the present invention.
 本発明の他の目的は、本発明のクロメン化合物及び重合性単量体を含んでなるフォトクロミック硬化性組成物を提供することにある。 Another object of the present invention is to provide a photochromic curable composition comprising the chromene compound of the present invention and a polymerizable monomer.
 本発明の他の目的は、本発明のクロメン化合物が内部に分散している高分子成型体を構成部材として有するフォトクロミック光学物品を提供することにある。 Another object of the present invention is to provide a photochromic optical article having as a constituent member a polymer molded body in which the chromene compound of the present invention is dispersed.
 本発明のさらに他の目的は、本発明のクロメン化合物の製造における中間体である新規なナフトール誘導体を提供することにある。 Still another object of the present invention is to provide a novel naphthol derivative which is an intermediate in the production of the chromene compound of the present invention.
 これまでに、インデノ(2,1-f)ナフト(1,2-b)ピラン骨格(以下、単に「ピラン骨格」という)の6位及び7位に電子供与性の高い置換基が結合した化合物が、高いダブルピーク性を発現することが知られている。ここでいう電子供与性の高い置換基とは、具体的には、酸素原子もしくは窒素原子で6位及び7位に結合する置換基である。しかしながら、上記の化合物は、ダブルピーク性は高いものの、基本的に退色速度が遅く、光未照射における室温での熱による発色(以下、この発色をサーモクロミズムによる初期着色という。)が大きく、さらに耐久性も低いという欠点を有している。特に、6位及び7位の置換基の電子供与性をさらに高くした場合に、上記の欠点についてその程度が大きくなる。 To date, compounds having highly electron-donating substituents bonded to the 6- and 7-positions of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton (hereinafter simply referred to as “pyran skeleton”) However, it is known to exhibit a high double peak property. The substituent having a high electron donating property here is specifically a substituent bonded to the 6-position and the 7-position with an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. However, although the above compound has a high double peak property, the fading rate is basically slow, and the color development due to heat at room temperature without light irradiation (hereinafter, this color development is referred to as thermochromism initial coloration) is large. It has the disadvantage of low durability. In particular, when the electron-donating properties of the substituents at the 6-position and the 7-position are further increased, the degree of the above-described drawback increases.
 本発明者等は、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討を行った。その結果、上記構造式(1)のピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子の少なくとも1つの炭素原子に、電子供与性があまり高くなく、立体的に嵩高い置換基を導入することにより、発色濃度の高さ、退色速度の速さ等の種々の特性を維持したまま、サーモクロミズムによる初期着色が小さく、高いダブルピーク性を示すクロメン化合物が得られることを見出し、本発明に至った。 The present inventors have conducted intensive studies to solve the above problems. As a result, the introduction of a sterically bulky substituent that does not have a high electron-donating property to at least one of the carbon atoms at positions 5 to 12 of the pyran skeleton of the above structural formula (1) results in color development. The inventors have found that a chromene compound having a low initial coloration due to thermochromism and having a high double peak property can be obtained while maintaining various characteristics such as high density and fast fading speed.
 このような電子供与性があまり高くなく、立体的に嵩高い置換基は、ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及びピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる。 Such an electron-donating property is not so high, and a sterically bulky substituent includes an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring in an alicyclic ring in which a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton exists. A condensed polycyclic group condensed with a ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton, an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic ring It is selected from the group consisting of a condensed polycyclic group in which a heterocyclic ring is condensed.
 本発明によるクロメン化合物が発色濃度の高さ、退色速度の速さ等の種々の特性を維持したまま、サーモクロクロミズムによる初期着色が小さく、高いダブルピーク性を示す理由は定かではないが、5~12位の炭素原子の少なくとも1つの炭素原子に、このような電子供与性があまり高くなく、立体的に嵩高い置換基を導入することで、導入された5~12位の置換基とピラン骨格との間の何らかの立体的な相互作用により、予測し得ない効果が達成されるものと推察される。 Although the chromene compound according to the present invention maintains various characteristics such as high color density and fast fading speed, the initial coloration due to thermochromism is small, and the reason for the high double peak property is not clear. By introducing such a sterically bulky substituent into at least one carbon atom of the ˜12-position carbon atom and a sterically bulky substituent, the introduced 5--12-position substituent and pyran It is inferred that an unpredictable effect is achieved by some steric interaction with the skeleton.
 このように、本発明の第1の目的は、上記構造式(1)のインデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格を基本骨格として有するクロメン化合物であって、前記インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子の少なくとも1つが、前記インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及び前記インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる置換基を、炭素‐炭素結合を介して有していることを特徴とするクロメン化合物にある。 Thus, a first object of the present invention is a chromene compound having an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton of the structural formula (1) as a basic skeleton, Indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is such that at least one of the carbon atoms at positions 5 to 12 is the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton. A fused polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring in which a bonding site with a carbon atom is present, and the indeno (2,1 -F) An alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton. A chromene compound having a substituent selected from the group consisting of the condensed polycyclic groups via a carbon-carbon bond.
 本発明の第2の目的は、前記クロメン化合物の製法にある。 The second object of the present invention is to produce the chromene compound.
 本発明の第3の目的は、前記クロメン化合物と重合性単量体とを含有するフォトクロミック硬化性組成物にある。 A third object of the present invention is a photochromic curable composition containing the chromene compound and a polymerizable monomer.
 本発明の第4の目的は、その内部に前記クロメン化合物が分散した高分子成型体を、構成部材として有するフォトクロミック光学物品にある。 A fourth object of the present invention is a photochromic optical article having as a constituent member a polymer molded body in which the chromene compound is dispersed.
 さらに、本発明の第5の目的は、少なくとも1つの面の全部又は一部が、前記クロメン化合物が分散している高分子膜で被覆された光学基材を、構成部材とする光学物品にある。 Furthermore, a fifth object of the present invention is an optical article comprising, as a constituent member, an optical base material in which all or a part of at least one surface is coated with a polymer film in which the chromene compound is dispersed. .
 さらに、本発明の第6の目的は、本発明のクロメン化合物を製造するための原料化合物であるナフトール化合物にある。 Furthermore, a sixth object of the present invention is a naphthol compound which is a raw material compound for producing the chromene compound of the present invention.
 本発明のクロメン化合物は、発色時の色調が中間色を示し、初期着色が小さく、発色濃度が高く、さらに、溶液中又は高分子固体マトリックス中に分散させても速い退色速度を示し、加えて、優れた耐久性を示す。 The chromene compound of the present invention exhibits an intermediate color tone, a small initial coloration, a high color density, and a fast fading speed even when dispersed in a solution or a polymer solid matrix. Excellent durability.
 従って、例えば、本発明のクロメン化合物を用いてフォトクロミックレンズを作製する場合、屋内では透明性が高く、屋外へ出た時に、すばやく濃い中間色に発色すると共に、屋外から室内に戻った時には、すばやく退色して、元の色調に戻り、さらに、長時間の使用が可能な耐久性の高いフォトクロミックレンズを製造できる。 Therefore, for example, when producing a photochromic lens using the chromene compound of the present invention, it is highly transparent indoors, and when it goes outdoors, it quickly develops a dark neutral color, and when it returns from the outdoors to the room, it fades quickly. Thus, a highly durable photochromic lens that can be used for a long time can be manufactured.
 本発明のクロメン化合物は、上記構造式(1)のインデノ(2,1-f)ナフト(1,2-b)ピラン構造を基本骨格として有し、ピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子の少なくとも1つの炭素原子が、ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及びピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる置換基を、炭素‐炭素結合を介して有するものであり、優れたフォトクロミック特性を維持しつつ、単一化合物で濃く中間色に発色することが可能である。 The chromene compound of the present invention has an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran structure of the above structural formula (1) as a basic skeleton, and has a carbon atom at the 5- to 12-position of the pyran skeleton. A condensed polycyclic ring in which at least one carbon atom is fused with an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring on an alicyclic ring in which a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton is present A group consisting of a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring in which a bonding site to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton is present And having a substituent selected from the group consisting of a carbon-carbon bond, it is possible to develop a deep intermediate color with a single compound while maintaining excellent photochromic properties.
 なお、脂肪族複素環を有する置換基において、ピラン骨格の炭素原子と脂肪族複素環の酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子のようなヘテロ原子とが結合する場合には、ヘテロ原子の原子価が2~3であるため、原子価が4である炭素と比較して、炭素原子と結合する側の原子が立体的に小さくなる。このことが原因であると考えられるが、得られるクロメン化合物は、初期着色が大きくなる傾向にある。 In the substituent having an aliphatic heterocycle, when the carbon atom of the pyran skeleton is bonded to a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom of the aliphatic heterocycle, the valence of the heteroatom is Since it is 2 to 3, the atoms bonded to the carbon atom are sterically smaller than carbon having a valence of 4. Although this is considered to be the cause, the obtained chromene compound tends to have a large initial coloration.
 また、芳香族環を有する置換基において、ピラン骨格の炭素原子と芳香族環の炭素原子とが結合する場合には、ピラン骨格の共役が伸びることが原因であると推定されるが、得られるクロメン化合物は、初期着色が大きくなる傾向にあり、ダブルピーク性をより高くできない傾向にある。 In addition, in the substituent having an aromatic ring, when the carbon atom of the pyran skeleton and the carbon atom of the aromatic ring are bonded, it is presumed that the cause is that the conjugation of the pyran skeleton is extended. The chromene compound tends to increase the initial coloration and tends not to have a higher double peak property.
 これらの置換基について詳述する。
 脂環式環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が4~20である縮合多環基が好ましく、炭素数が7~20である縮合多環基が特に好ましい。脂環式環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、例えば、ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、ビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環等のようなビシクロ環の基、及び例えば、1‐アダマンタン環、2‐アダマンタン環等のようなトリシクロ環の基が挙げられる。
These substituents will be described in detail.
The condensed polycyclic group in which the alicyclic ring is condensed to the alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably a condensed polycyclic group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring, and having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. The condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred. Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring include, for example, a bicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, a bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, and a bicyclo Bicyclo ring groups such as [3,2,1] octane ring, bicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, bicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring, and, for example, 1-adamantane ring, 2- And a tricyclo ring group such as an adamantane ring.
 脂環式環に脂肪族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が3~20である縮合多環基が好ましく、炭素数が6~20である縮合多環基が特に好ましい。脂環式環に脂肪族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、アザビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、アザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、アザビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、アザビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、オキサビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、オキサビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、オキサビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、オキサビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、チアビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、チアビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、チアビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、チアビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環等のようなビシクロ環の基、及び例えば、1‐アザアダマンタン環、2‐アザアダマンタン環、1‐オキサアダマンタン環、1‐チアアダマンタン環等のようなトリシクロ環の基が挙げられる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably a condensed polycyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring, and having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred. Preferable examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocycle is condensed to an alicyclic ring include an azabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, an azabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, an azabicyclo [3 , 2,1] octane ring, azabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, oxabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, oxabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, oxabicyclo [3,2, 1] octane ring, oxabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, thiabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, thiabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, thiabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, Bicyclo ring groups such as thiabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring and tricyclo such as 1-azaadamantane ring, 2-azaadamantane ring, 1-oxaadamantane ring, 1-thiaadamantane ring, etc. And a ring group.
 脂環式環に芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が7~30である縮合多環基が好ましい。脂環式環に芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、ベンゾシクロプロパン環基、ベンゾシクロブタン環基、ベンゾシクロペンタン環基、ベンゾシクロへキサン環基、ベンゾシクロヘプタン環基、ベンゾシクロオクタン環基等が挙げられる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable. Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring are as follows: benzocyclopropane ring group, benzocyclobutane ring group, benzocyclopentane ring group, benzocyclohexane ring group, benzocycloheptane A cyclic group, a benzocyclooctane cyclic group, etc. are mentioned.
 脂環式環に芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が6~30である縮合多環基が好ましい。脂環式環に芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、3,4‐シクロペンテノピリジン環基、3,4‐シクロヘプテノピリジン環基、3,4‐シクロオクテノピリジン環基等が挙げられる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable. Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring are shown as 3,4-cyclopentenopyridine ring group, 3,4-cycloheptenopyridine ring group, 3,4 -Cyclooctenopyridine ring group and the like.
 脂肪族複素環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が3~20である縮合多環基が好ましく、炭素数が6~20である縮合多環基が特に好ましい。脂肪族複素環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、アザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環基、オキサビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環基、ヘプタヒドロシクロヘキサ[c]チオフェン環基等が挙げられる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which the alicyclic ring is condensed to the aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable, and the carbon number is 6 to 20 The condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred. Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring include an azabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, an oxabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, Examples include heptahydrocyclohexa [c] thiophene ring group.
 脂肪族複素環に脂肪族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が3~20である縮合多環基が好ましく、炭素数が6~20である縮合多環基が特に好ましい。脂肪族複素環に脂肪族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、例えば、ジアザビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ジアザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ジアザビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ジアザビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環、ジオキサビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ジオキサビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ジオキサビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ジオキサビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、ジオキサビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環、ジチアビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ジチアビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ジチアビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ジチアビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環のようなビシクロ環の基、及び例えば、2,4,10‐トリアザトリシクロ[3,3,1,13,7]デカン等のトリシクロ環の基が挙げられる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which the aliphatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to the aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but is preferably a condensed polycyclic group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring, and having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The condensed polycyclic group is particularly preferred. Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocycle is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle include, for example, a diazabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, a diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, and a diazabicyclo. [3,2,1] octane ring, diazabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, diazabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring, dioxabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, dioxabicyclo [2 , 2,2] octane ring, dioxabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, dioxabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, dioxabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring, dithiabicyclo [2 , 2,1] heptane ring, dithiabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, dithiabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, bicyclo ring group such as dithiabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, and for example Examples include tricyclo ring groups such as 2,4,10-triazatricyclo [3,3,1,13,7] decane It is.
 脂肪族複素環に芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が7~30である縮合多環基が好ましい。脂肪族複素環に芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、2‐インドリン環基、2‐クマラン環基、2,3‐ジヒドロベンゾ[c]チオフェン環基等が挙げられる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable. Preferred examples of the condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring include a 2-indoline ring group, a 2-coumaran ring group, a 2,3-dihydrobenzo [c] thiophene ring group, and the like. Can be mentioned.
 脂肪族複素環に芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基としては、特に制限されないが、環を構成する炭素数が6~30である縮合多環基が好ましい。脂肪族複素環に芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基の好適な例を示すと、2,3‐ジヒドロピロロ[2,3‐b]ピリジン環基、2,3‐ジヒドロフロ[2,3‐b]ピリジン環基、2,3‐ジヒドロチエノ[2,3‐b]ピリジン環基、4,6‐ジヒドロフロ[3,4‐b]フラン基、4,6‐ジヒドロチエノ[3,4‐b]チオフェン基等を挙げることができる。 The condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring is not particularly limited, but a condensed polycyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms constituting the ring is preferable. A preferred example of a condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle is 2,3-dihydropyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 2,3-dihydrofuro [2 ,, 3-b] pyridine ring group, 2,3-dihydrothieno [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 4,6-dihydrofuro [3,4-b] furan group, 4,6-dihydrothieno [3,4-b ] A thiophene group etc. can be mentioned.
 なお、脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、又は脂肪族複素環に脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基は、それ自体、置換されていてもよい。 An alicyclic ring, an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or a condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic heterocyclic ring, or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having an alicyclic ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring The condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring may itself be substituted.
 脂環式環に脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、又は脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基が有し得る置換基について詳述すれば、当該置換基としては、ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子が炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基が挙げられる。 An alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, or a condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed, or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring The substituent which the condensed polycyclic group condensed with the aromatic ring or the aromatic heterocyclic ring may be described in detail. The substituent includes a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; A heterocyclic group in which a nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom; a cyano group; a nitro group; a formyl group; a hydroxycarbonyl group; an alkylcarbonyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a halogen atom; an aralkyl group; An aralkoxy group; or an aryloxy group.
 ここで、アルキル基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましい。
好適なアルキル基を例示すれば、メチル基、エチル基、n‐プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n‐ブチル基、sec‐ブチル基、tert‐ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基等を挙げることができる。
Here, the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable.
Examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc. Can be mentioned.
 ハロアルキル基は、特に制限されないが、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子で置換された炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましい。好適なハロアルキル基を例示すれば、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、クロロメチル基、2‐クロロエチル基、ブロモメチル基等を挙げることができる。 The haloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable. Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, chloromethyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, bromomethyl group and the like.
 シクロアルキル基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。好適なシクロアルキル基を例示すれば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等を挙げることができる。 The cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like.
 アルコキシ基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基が好ましい。好適なアルコキシ基を例示すれば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n‐プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、n‐ブトキシ基、sec‐ブトキシ基、tert‐ブトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
 アミノ基は、未置換又は置換されたアミノ基である。アミノ基が有し得る置換基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数1~8アルコキシ基、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基、フェニル基、1‐ナフチル基、2‐ナフチル基等の炭素数6~14のアリール基、チエニル基、フリル基、ピロリニル基、ピリジル基等の炭素数4~12のヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる(アルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキル基の具体例は、上記の置換基で説明した基と同様である)。好適なアミノ基を例示すれば、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等を挙げることできる。 An amino group is an unsubstituted or substituted amino group. Examples of the substituent that the amino group may have include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group. And heteroaryl groups having 4 to 12 carbon atoms such as aryl groups having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as aryl groups, thienyl groups, furyl groups, pyrrolinyl groups, and pyridyl groups, etc. (specific examples of alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, and cycloalkyl groups) Are the same as those described above for the substituent). Examples of suitable amino groups include amino groups, methylamino groups, dimethylamino groups, ethylamino groups, diethylamino groups, phenylamino groups, diphenylamino groups, and the like.
 窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子が炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基は、特に制限されないが、好適なものを例示すれば、モルホリノ基、ピペリジノ基、ピロリジニル基、ピペラジノ基、N-メチルピペラジノ基、インドリニル基等を挙げることができる。さらに、該複素環基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を置換基として有してもよく、具体的な置換基としては、メチル基等のアルキル基を挙げることができる。置換基を有する複素環基のうち、好適なものを例示すると、2,6‐ジメチルモルホリノ基、2,6‐ジメチルピペリジノ基、2,2,6,6‐テトラメチルピペリジノ基等が挙げられる。 A heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof are morpholino group, piperidino group, pyrrolidinyl group, piperazino group, N-methylpiperazino group, An indolinyl group etc. can be mentioned. Further, the heterocyclic group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group. Preferred examples of the heterocyclic group having a substituent include 2,6-dimethylmorpholino group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidino group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidino group and the like. Is mentioned.
 アルキルカルボニル基は、特に制限されないが、好適なものを例示すれば、アセチル基、エチルカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkylcarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an acetyl group and an ethylcarbonyl group.
 アルコキシカルボニル基は、特に制限されないが、好適なものを例示すれば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
 ハロゲン原子は、特に制限されないが、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子を挙げることができる。 The halogen atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 アラルキル基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数7~11のアラルキル基が好ましい。好適なアラルキル基を例示すれば、ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基、フェニルブチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but an aralkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl group, phenylethyl group, phenylpropyl group, phenylbutyl group, naphthylmethyl group and the like.
 アリール基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましい。好適なアリール基を具体的に例示すれば、フェニル基、1‐ナフチル基、2‐ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aryl group is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. Specific examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group and the like.
 アラルコキシ基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数7~11のアラルコキシ基が好ましい。好適なアラルコキシ基を具体的に例示すれば、ベンジロキシ基、ナフチルメトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an aralkoxy group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable. Specific examples of suitable aralkoxy groups include benzyloxy groups and naphthylmethoxy groups.
 アリールオキシ基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数6~14のアリールオキシ基が好ましい。好適なアリールオキシ基を例示すれば、フェノキシ基、1‐ナフトキシ基、2‐ナフトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The aryloxy group is not particularly limited, but an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy group, 1-naphthoxy group, 2-naphthoxy group and the like.
 本発明のクロメン化合物において、ピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子が有し得る置換基の中でも、初期着色が小さく、ダブルピーク性が高い化合物が得られるという点で好ましい基を例示すれば、脂環式環に脂環式環、脂肪族複素環又は芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基、又は脂肪族複素環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基が挙げられる。 In the chromene compound of the present invention, among the substituents that can be possessed by the carbon atoms at the 5th to 12th positions of the pyran skeleton, a group that is preferable in terms of obtaining a compound having small initial coloration and high double peak property can be exemplified. Examples thereof include a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring or an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring, or a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
 本発明のクロメン化合物において、ピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子が有し得る縮合多環基は、アルコキシ基より電子供与性が低く、立体的に嵩高い置換基である。本発明のクロメン化合物は、このような立体的に嵩高い置換基の中でも、得られるクロメン化合物が以下のような形態となる置換基を有することが好ましい。
 ピラン骨格の5~8位に置換基が存在しない場合のクロメン化合物は、MOPACPM3による分子軌道計算において、ピラン骨格の5~8位の炭素原子を含むベンゼン環は平面上にあり、5~8位の炭素原子が形成する二面角は0°となる。これに対し、本発明のクロメン化合物においては、ピラン骨格の5位の炭素原子が上記縮合多環基を置換基として有する場合、該縮合多環基の中でも、ピラン骨格の8位、5位、7位の炭素原子と8位、6位、7位の炭素原子とが形成する二面角を0.3°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、さらに0.5°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、特に1.0°以上とする置換基であることが好ましい。また、ピラン骨格の6位又は7位の炭素原子が上記縮合多環基を置換基として有する場合、該縮合多環基の中でも、ピラン骨格の5位、6位、8位の炭素原子と5位、7位、8位の炭素原子とが形成する二面角を0.3°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、さらに0.5°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、特に1.0°以上とする置換基であることが好ましい。さらに、ピラン骨格の8位の炭素原子が上記縮合多環基を置換基として有する場合、該縮合多環基の中でも、ピラン骨格の6位、7位、5位の炭素原子と6位、8位、5位の炭素原子とが形成する二面角を0.3°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、さらに0.5°以上とする置換基であること好ましく、特に1.0°以上とする置換基であることが好ましい。
In the chromene compound of the present invention, the condensed polycyclic group that can be possessed by the carbon atoms at positions 5 to 12 of the pyran skeleton is a sterically bulky substituent having a lower electron donating property than the alkoxy group. Among such sterically bulky substituents, the chromene compound of the present invention preferably has a substituent in which the resulting chromene compound has the following form.
When there is no substituent at positions 5-8 of the pyran skeleton, the benzene ring containing the carbon atom at the 5-8th position of the pyran skeleton is on the plane in the molecular orbital calculation by MOPACPM3. The dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms is 0 °. On the other hand, in the chromene compound of the present invention, when the carbon atom at the 5-position of the pyran skeleton has the condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 8-position, the 5-position of the pyran skeleton, It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atom at the 7-position and the carbon atoms at the 8-, 6- and 7-positions is 0.3 ° or more, and more preferably 0.5 ° or more. It is preferable that it is a substituent made into 1.0 degree or more especially. Further, when the 6-position or 7-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton has the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the carbon atoms at the 5-position, 6-position and 8-position of the pyran skeleton and 5 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms at the position, 7-position, and 8-position is 0.3 ° or more, more preferably 0.5 ° or more. The substituent is preferably 1.0 ° or more. Further, when the carbon atom at the 8-position of the pyran skeleton has the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 6-position, 7-position, 5-position carbon atom and the 6-position, 8 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms at the 5th and 5th positions is 0.3 ° or more, more preferably 0.5 ° or more, particularly 1.0 °. A substituent as described above is preferable.
 本発明のクロメン化合物において、置換基がピラン骨格の5~8位の炭素原子上に存在する場合、ダブルピーク性をより高めるためには、上記置換基は、ピラン骨格の6位又は7位の炭素原子に結合することが好ましい。 In the chromene compound of the present invention, when the substituent is present on the carbon atoms at the 5th to 8th positions of the pyran skeleton, the above substituent is preferably located at the 6th or 7th position of the pyran skeleton in order to further enhance the double peak property. Bonding to a carbon atom is preferred.
 また、ピラン骨格の9~12位に置換基が存在しない場合のクロメン化合物は、MOPACPM3による分子軌道計算において、ピラン骨格の9~12位の炭素原子を含むベンゼン環は平面上にあり、9~12位の炭素原子が形成する二面角は0°である。これに対し、本発明のクロメン化合物においては、ピラン骨格の9位の炭素原子が上記縮合多環基を置換基として有する場合、該縮合多環基の中でも、ピラン骨格の12位、9位、11位の炭素原子と12位、10位、11位の炭素原子とが形成する二面角を1.0°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、さらに1.3°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、特に1.5°以上とする置換基であることが好ましい。また、ピラン骨格の10位又は11位の炭素原子が上記縮合多環基を置換基として有する場合、該縮合多環基の中でも、ピラン骨格の9位、10位、12位の炭素原子と9位、11位、12位の炭素原子とが形成する二面角を1.0°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、さらに1.3°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、特に1.5°以上とする置換基であることが好ましい。さらに、ピラン骨格の12位の炭素原子が上記縮合多環基を置換基として有する場合、該縮合多環基の中でも、ピラン骨格の10位、11位、9位の炭素原子と10位、12位、9位の炭素原子とが形成する二面角を1.0°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、さらに1.3°以上とする置換基であることが好ましく、特に1.5°以上とする置換基であることが好ましい。 In addition, the chromene compound in the case where there is no substituent at positions 9 to 12 of the pyran skeleton has a benzene ring containing a carbon atom at positions 9 to 12 of the pyran skeleton on a plane in the molecular orbital calculation by MOPACPM3. The dihedral angle formed by the 12th carbon atom is 0 °. On the other hand, in the chromene compound of the present invention, when the 9-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton has the condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 12-position, the 9-position, It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atom at the 11th position and the carbon atoms at the 12th, 10th and 11th positions is 1.0 ° or more, and more preferably 1.3 ° or more. In particular, the substituent is preferably 1.5 ° or more. In addition, when the carbon atom at the 10th or 11th position of the pyran skeleton has the above condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 9th, 10th, and 12th carbon atoms of the pyran skeleton and 9 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atoms at the position, the 11th position, and the 12th position is 1.0 ° or more, more preferably 1.3 ° or more. The substituent is preferably at least 1.5 °. Further, when the 12-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton has the above-mentioned condensed polycyclic group as a substituent, among the condensed polycyclic groups, the 10-position, 11-position, 9-position carbon atom and the 10-position, 12 It is preferable that the dihedral angle formed by the carbon atom at the position 9 and the 9-position is 1.0 ° or more, more preferably 1.3 ° or more, particularly 1.5. It is preferable that the substituent be at least 0 °.
 本発明のクロメン化合物において、置換基がピラン骨格の9~12位の炭素原子上に存在する場合、ダブルピーク性をより高めるためには、置換基が9位又は12位の炭素原子に結合することが好ましい。 In the chromene compound of the present invention, when the substituent is present on the 9th to 12th carbon atoms of the pyran skeleton, the substituent is bonded to the 9th or 12th carbon atom in order to further enhance the double peak property. It is preferable.
 上記のような二面角を満足するための好ましい基を具体的に例示すれば、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環基、1‐アダマンタン環基、2‐アダマンタン環基、アザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環基、アザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環基、1‐アザアダマンタン環基等が挙げられる。さらに、ダブルピーク性が高く、初期着色が小さいという点で特に好ましい基を例示すれば、脂環式環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基が挙げられる。特に好ましい基を具体的に例示すると、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環基、1-アダマンタン環基、2-アダマンタン環基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of preferable groups for satisfying the dihedral angle as described above include bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring group, 1-adamantane ring group, 2-adamantane ring group, azabicyclo [2, 2,2] octane ring group, azabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, 1-azaadamantane ring group and the like. Furthermore, a particularly preferable group in terms of high double peak property and small initial coloration includes a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring. Specific examples of particularly preferred groups include a bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring group, a 1-adamantane ring group, and a 2-adamantane ring group.
 なお、MOPACPM3による分子軌道計算とは、分子軌道法(MO)の一つである。分子軌道法は分子の電子状態を論ずる近似法のひとつであり、Huckel法などの経験的方法、Huckel法の近似を高めた半経験的方法、厳密に計算のみで分子軌道関数を求める非経験的方法の3つに大別できる。近年、コンピュータの発達に伴い、半経験的方法及び非経験的方法が主な方法になっている。分子軌道法は、分子構造と、その化学反応性とを関係づける最も有力な方法の一つである。MOPACPM3は、前記半経験的方法の一つであるNDDO(Neglect of Diatomic Differential Overlap)法の核をなす方法である。MOPACPM3は、主として有機化合物の反応、物性について考察する目的で用いられており、多くの文献や書籍[「分子軌道法MOPACガイドブック」(平野恒夫、田辺和俊偏、海文堂、1991年)、「三訂・量子化学入門」(米沢貞次郎他著、化学同人、1983年)、「計算化学ガイドブック」(大澤映二他訳、Tim Clark著、丸善、1985年)]などで解説されている。 The molecular orbital calculation by MOPACPM3 is one of the molecular orbital methods (MO). The molecular orbital method is one of the approximation methods for discussing the electronic state of molecules. Empirical methods such as the Huckel method, semi-empirical methods that enhance the approximation of the Huckel method, and ab initio for obtaining molecular orbital functions strictly by calculation. There are three main methods. In recent years, with the development of computers, semi-empirical methods and non-empirical methods have become main methods. The molecular orbital method is one of the most powerful methods for relating a molecular structure to its chemical reactivity. MOPACPM3 is a method that forms the core of the NDDO (Neglect of Diatomic Differential) Overlap) method, which is one of the semi-empirical methods. MOPACPM3 is used mainly for the purpose of considering the reaction and physical properties of organic compounds. Many documents and books [Molecular Orbital MOPAC Guidebook (Tsuneo Hirano, Kazutoshi Tanabe, Kaibundo, 1991), “Three “Introduction to Quantum Chemistry” (Sadajiro Yonezawa et al., Doujin Kagaku, 1983), “Computational Chemistry Guidebook” (Eiji Osawa et al., Tim Clark, Maruzen, 1985)].
 さらに詳述すれば、本発明に係るクロメン化合物は、下記一般式(2)で表される。 More specifically, the chromene compound according to the present invention is represented by the following general formula (2).
 一般式(2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
      
〔式中、
 R1及びR2は、インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及びピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる基であって、炭素‐炭素結合を介してインデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格に結合する基であり、
 R1'及びR2'は、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基であり、
 R4及びR5は、それぞれ独立に、一般式(3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
      
(式中、R8は、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり;R9は、水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子であり;mは1~3の整数である)で表される基、一般式(4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
       
(式中、R10は、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり;nは1~3の整数である)で表される基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、又はアルキル基であるか、又はR4及びR5は、互いに結合して、脂環式環を形成し、
 R6及びR7は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子が13位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基であるか、又はR6及びR7は、インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の13位の炭素原子と共に、互いに一緒になって、炭素数が3~20である、脂環式環基又は脂環式環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環、又は炭素数が3~20である、複素環基又は複素環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環を形成し、
 a、b、c及びdは、それぞれ、0~4の整数であり、ただし、a+b=1~8、a+c=4、b+d=4であり、
 aが2以上である場合、R1は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
 bが2以上である場合、R2は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
 cが2以上である場合、R1'は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
 dが2以上である場合、R2'は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
 a及びbが共に0ではない場合、R1及びR2は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
 c及びdが共に0ではない場合、R1'及びR2'は、互いに、同一又は異なる基である。]
General formula (2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

[Where,
R 1 and R 2 are an alicyclic ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring in the alicyclic ring in which the bonding site to the carbon atom of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton exists. A fused polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton, an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring Or a group selected from the group consisting of condensed polycyclic groups condensed with an aromatic heterocycle, which is linked to an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton via a carbon-carbon bond. A bonding group,
R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are each a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom, and a heterocycle in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton. Cyano group; nitro group; formyl group; hydroxycarbonyl group; alkylcarbonyl group; alkoxycarbonyl group; halogen atom; aralkyl group; aryl group; aralkoxy group; or aryloxy group,
R 4 and R 5 are each independently represented by the general formula (3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

A group represented by the formula: wherein R 8 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; R 9 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom; m is an integer of 1 to 3; General formula (4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(Wherein R 10 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; n is an integer of 1 to 3), an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an alkyl group, or R 4 and R 5 are bonded to each other to form an alicyclic ring;
R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is directly connected to the carbon atom at the 13th position. Cyano group; nitro group; formyl group; hydroxycarbonyl group; alkylcarbonyl group; alkoxycarbonyl group; halogen atom; aralkyl group; aryl group; aralkoxy group; or aryloxy group, or R 6 And R 7 together with a carbon atom at position 13 of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton, together with each other, an alicyclic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms A condensed polycyclic ring condensed with an aromatic ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring on a group or alicyclic ring, or a heterocyclic group or heterocyclic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, condensed with an aromatic ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring Ring Condensed polycyclic was formed,
a, b, c and d are each an integer of 0 to 4, provided that a + b = 1 to 8, a + c = 4, b + d = 4,
when a is 2 or more, R 1 are the same or different from each other;
when b is 2 or more, R 2 are the same or different from each other;
when c is 2 or more, R 1 ′ is the same or different from each other;
when d is 2 or more, R 2 ′ is the same or different from each other;
when both a and b are not 0, R 1 and R 2 are the same or different from each other;
When c and d are not 0, R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are the same or different from each other. ]
 上記一般式(2)における基について説明する。 The group in the general formula (2) will be described.
 R1及びR2のインデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及びピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる基の詳細については、上述のとおりである。R1又はR2は、少なくとも1つは存在しなければならない。すなわち、R1とR2との数を表すa、bとの合計(a+b)が1以上8以下とならなければならない。 An alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an alicyclic ring in which a bonding site to the carbon atom of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton of R 1 and R 2 exists; A condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton include an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or Details of the group selected from the group consisting of condensed polycyclic groups condensed with an aromatic heterocycle are as described above. At least one R 1 or R 2 must be present. That is, the sum (a + b) of a and b representing the number of R 1 and R 2 must be 1 or more and 8 or less.
 R1及びR2は、R1が6位及び/又は7位の炭素原子と結合するか、R2が9位及び/又は12位の炭素原子と結合することにより、ダブルピーク性の特に高いクロメン化合物とすることができる。そのため、aは0~2の整数であり、bは0~2の整数であること(ただし、(a+b)≠0である)が好ましい。このような好適なクロメン化合物の中でも、R1が6位又は7位の炭素原子と結合し、b=0であるクロメン化合物が、特に優れた物性を発揮する。 R 1 and R 2 are either bound to the carbon atoms of R 1 is 6-position and / or 7-position, by binding to the carbon atom of R 2 is 9-position and / or 12-position, particularly high double peak property It can be a chromene compound. Therefore, it is preferable that a is an integer of 0 to 2 and b is an integer of 0 to 2 (where (a + b) ≠ 0). Among such preferable chromene compounds, a chromene compound in which R 1 is bonded to a carbon atom at the 6-position or 7-position and b = 0 exhibits particularly excellent physical properties.
 また、R1又はR2以外に、ピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子には、R1'、R2'が結合する。そのため、R1'、R2'の数を表すc、dは、それぞれ、0~4の整数であって、a+c=4、b+d=4を満足する整数である。 In addition to R 1 and R 2 , R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are bonded to carbon atoms at the 5th to 12th positions of the pyran skeleton. Therefore, c and d representing the numbers of R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are integers of 0 to 4, respectively, and are integers satisfying a + c = 4 and b + d = 4.
 R1'及びR2'は、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基である。 R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are each a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom, and a heterocycle in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton. A carbonyl group; a hydroxycarbonyl group; an alkylcarbonyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a halogen atom; an aralkyl group; an aryl group; an aralkoxy group; or an aryloxy group.
 R1'及びR2'の各基について詳述する。 Each group of R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ will be described in detail.
 アルキル基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましい。好適なアルキル基を例示すれば、メチル基、エチル基、n‐プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n‐ブチル基、sec‐ブチル基、tert‐ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, etc. Can be mentioned.
 ハロアルキル基は、特に制限されないが、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子で置換された炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましい。好適なハロアルキル基を例示すれば、トリフルオロメチル基、ペンタフルオロエチル基、クロロメチル基、2‐クロロエチル基、ブロモメチル基等を挙げることができる。 The haloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms substituted with a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom is preferable. Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups include trifluoromethyl group, pentafluoroethyl group, chloromethyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, bromomethyl group and the like.
 シクロアルキル基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。好適なシクロアルキル基を例示すれば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等を挙げることができる。 The cycloalkyl group is not particularly limited, but a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group and the like.
 アルコキシ基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基が好ましい。好適なアルコキシ基を例示すれば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n‐プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、n‐ブトキシ基、sec‐ブトキシ基、tert‐ブトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The alkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
 アミノ基は、未置換又は任意に置換されたアミノ基である。かかるアミノ基が有する置換基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数1~8アルコキシ基、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基、フェニル基、1‐ナフチル基、2‐ナフチル基等の炭素数6~14のアリール基、チエニル基、フリル基、ピロリニル基、ピリジル基等の炭素数4~12のヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる(アルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキル基の具体例は、上記の置換基で説明した基と同様である)。好適なアミノ基を例示すればと、アミノ基、メチルアミノ基、ジメチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等を挙げることできる。 An amino group is an amino group that is unsubstituted or optionally substituted. Examples of the substituent of the amino group include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group. And a heteroaryl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms such as an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, a thienyl group, a furyl group, a pyrrolinyl group, and a pyridyl group (specific examples of an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and a cycloalkyl group). And the same groups as those described above for the substituent). Examples of suitable amino groups include amino groups, methylamino groups, dimethylamino groups, ethylamino groups, diethylamino groups, phenylamino groups, diphenylamino groups, and the like.
 窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子が炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基は、特に制限されないが、好適なものを例示すれば、モルホリノ基、ピペリジノ基、ピロリジニル基、ピペラジノ基、N‐メチルピペラジノ基、インドリニル基等を挙げることができる。さらに、該複素環基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を置換基として有してもよく、具体的な置換基としては、メチル基等のアルキル基を挙げることができる。置換基を有する複素環基のうち、好適なものを例示すると、2,6‐ジメチルモルホリノ基、2,6‐ジメチルピペリジノ基、2,2,6,6‐テトラメチルピペリジノ基等が挙げられる。 The heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom is not particularly limited. For example, a morpholino group, piperidino group, pyrrolidinyl group, piperazino group, N-methylpiperazino group, An indolinyl group etc. can be mentioned. Further, the heterocyclic group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group. Preferred examples of the heterocyclic group having a substituent include 2,6-dimethylmorpholino group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidino group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidino group and the like. Is mentioned.
 アルキルカルボニル基は、特に制限されないが、好適なものを例示すれば、アセチル基、エチルカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkylcarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an acetyl group and an ethylcarbonyl group.
 アルコキシカルボニル基は、特に制限されないが、好適なものを例示すれば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基等を挙げることができる。 The alkoxycarbonyl group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group and an ethoxycarbonyl group.
 ハロゲン原子は、特に制限されないが、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子を挙げることができる。 The halogen atom is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 アラルキル基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数7~11のアラルキル基が好ましい。好適なアラルキル基を例示すれば、ベンジル基、フェニルエチル基、フェニルプロピル基、フェニルブチル基、ナフチルメチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkyl group is not particularly limited, but an aralkyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable aralkyl groups include benzyl group, phenylethyl group, phenylpropyl group, phenylbutyl group, naphthylmethyl group and the like.
 アリール基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましい。好適なアリール基を具体的に例示すれば、フェニル基、1‐ナフチル基、2‐ナフチル基等を挙げることができる。 The aryl group is not particularly limited, but an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. Specific examples of suitable aryl groups include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group and the like.
 アラルコキシ基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数7~11のアラルコキシ基が好ましい。好適なアラルコキシ基を例示すれば、ベンジロキシ基、ナフチルメトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The aralkoxy group is not particularly limited, but an aralkoxy group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable aralkoxy groups include benzyloxy groups and naphthylmethoxy groups.
 アリールオキシ基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数6~14のアリールオキシ基が好ましい。好適なアリールオキシ基を例示すれば、フェノキシ基、1‐ナフトキシ基、2‐ナフトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The aryloxy group is not particularly limited, but an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy group, 1-naphthoxy group, 2-naphthoxy group and the like.
 R1'は、高いダブルピーク性が得られるという点で、水素原子であるか、又は炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基;アミノ基;又は、窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基であることが好ましい。特に好適なものを例示すると、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、N,N‐ジメチルアミノ基、モルホリノ基等が挙げられる。 R 1 ′ is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an amino group; or a nitrogen atom in that a high double peak property is obtained. The nitrogen atom is preferably a heterocyclic group directly bonded to the carbon atom of the pyran skeleton. Particularly suitable examples include a hydrogen atom, methyl group, methoxy group, N, N-dimethylamino group, morpholino group and the like.
 また、R1'は、特にダブルピーク性を高めるためには、炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基;アミノ基;又は、窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基であることが好ましい。そして、これら基が、6位又は7位の炭素原子に結合することが好ましい。すなわち、R1が6位又は7位の炭素原子のいずれか一方に結合し、炭素数1~8のアルキル基;炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基;アミノ基;又は、窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基から選ばれるR1'が、R1の結合していない他方の炭素原子に結合することが好ましい。 In addition, R 1 ′ contains an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an amino group; or a nitrogen atom, in order to enhance the double peak property. A heterocyclic group that is directly bonded to a carbon atom of the skeleton is preferable. These groups are preferably bonded to the 6-position or 7-position carbon atom. That is, R 1 is bonded to either the 6-position or the 7-position carbon atom and contains an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; an amino group; or a nitrogen atom, R 1 ′ selected from a heterocyclic group in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the carbon atom of the pyran skeleton is preferably bonded to the other carbon atom to which R 1 is not bonded.
 R2'は、速い退色速度が得られるという点で、水素原子であるか、又は電子吸引性基であることが好ましい。また、R2'が電子吸引性基である場合、R2'は、退色速度をより速めるためには11位の炭素原子に結合することが好ましい。好適な電子吸引性基は、シアノ基又は炭素数1~8ハロアルキル基であり、具体例としては、シアノ基及びトリフルオロメチル基が挙げられる。 R 2 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom or an electron-withdrawing group in that a fast fading speed can be obtained. When R 2 ′ is an electron-withdrawing group, R 2 ′ is preferably bonded to a carbon atom at the 11-position in order to further increase the fading rate. Suitable electron-withdrawing groups are a cyano group or a haloalkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a cyano group and a trifluoromethyl group.
 また、R1との兼ね合いになるが、R1が1つ以上存在する場合(a≧1)、特に、少なくとも1つのR1が6位又は7位の炭素原子と結合する場合、特に優れた物性を発揮するクロメン化合物を得るためには、R2'は水素原子であることが好ましい。 Although be balance with R 1, if R 1 is present one or more (a ≧ 1), in particular, when at least one R 1 that bind to position 6 or 7 carbon atoms, especially excellent In order to obtain a chromene compound exhibiting physical properties, R 2 ′ is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 R4及びR5は、互いに独立して、それぞれ、上記一般式(3)で表される基、一般式(4)で表される基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、又はアルキル基である。 R 4 and R 5 are each independently a group represented by the general formula (3), a group represented by the general formula (4), an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an alkyl group.
 一般式(3)中のR8は、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基である。ここで、アリール基は、R1'及びR2'に関して既に説明したアリール基と同じ基が適用される。へテロアリール基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数6~14のヘテロアリール基が好ましい。好適なヘテロアリール基を例示すれば、チエニル基、フリル基、ピロリニル基、ピリジル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾピロリニル基等を挙げることができる。また、一般式(3)中のR9は、水素原子、アルキル基又はハロゲン原子である。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基等が挙げられる。また、ハロゲン原子を具体的に例示すれば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を挙げることができる。mは1~3の整数であるが、原料の入手容易性の観点から、mが1であることが好適である。 R 8 in the general formula (3) is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Here, the same group as the aryl group already demonstrated regarding R1 ' and R2 ' is applied to an aryl group. The heteroaryl group is not particularly limited, but a heteroaryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of suitable heteroaryl groups include thienyl, furyl, pyrrolinyl, pyridyl, benzothienyl, benzofuranyl, benzopyrrolinyl and the like. Also, R 9 of the general formula (3) is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a halogen atom. Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group. Specific examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. m is an integer of 1 to 3, but m is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
 前記一般式(3)で示される基の中で好適な基を例示すれば、フェニル‐エチレニル基、(4‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)フェニル)‐エテニル基、(4‐モルホリノフェニル)‐エテニル基、(4‐ピペリジノフェニル)‐エテニル基、(4‐メトキシフェニル)‐エテニル基、(2‐メトキシフェニル)‐エテニル基、フェニル‐1‐メチルエテニル基、(4‐メトキシフェニル)‐1‐メチルエテニル基、フェニル‐1‐フルオロエテニル基、(4‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)フェニル)‐1‐フルオロエテニル基、2‐チエニル‐エテニル基、2‐フリル‐エテニル基、2‐(N‐メチル)ピロリニル‐エテニル基、2‐ベンゾチエニル‐エテニル基、2‐ベンゾフラニル‐エテニル基、2‐(N‐メチル)インドリル‐エテニル基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of suitable groups among the groups represented by the general formula (3) include phenyl-ethylenyl group, (4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl) -ethenyl group, (4-morpholinophenyl)- Ethenyl group, (4-piperidinophenyl) -ethenyl group, (4-methoxyphenyl) -ethenyl group, (2-methoxyphenyl) -ethenyl group, phenyl-1-methylethenyl group, (4-methoxyphenyl) -1 -Methylethenyl group, phenyl-1-fluoroethenyl group, (4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl) -1-fluoroethenyl group, 2-thienyl-ethenyl group, 2-furyl-ethenyl group, 2- (N-methyl) pyrrolinyl-ethenyl group, 2-benzothienyl-ethenyl group, 2-benzofuranyl-ethenyl group, 2- (N-methyl) indolyl-ethenyl group and the like can be mentioned.
 一般式(4)において、R10は、前記R8と同じアリール基又はヘテロアリール基である。また、nは1~3の整数であるが、原料入手容易性の観点から、nが1であることが好適である。 In General formula (4), R < 10 > is the same aryl group or heteroaryl group as said R < 8 >. N is an integer of 1 to 3, and n is preferably 1 from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials.
 一般式(4)で示される基の中で好適な基を例示すれば、フェニル‐エチリニル基、(4‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)フェニル)‐エチニル基、(4‐モルホリノフェニル)‐エチニル基、(4‐ピペリジノフェニル)‐エチニル基、(4‐メトキシフェニル)‐エチニル基、(4‐メチルフェニル)‐エチニル基、(2‐メトキシフェニル)‐エチニル基、2‐チエニル‐エチニル基、2‐フリル‐エチニル基、2‐(N‐メチル)ピロリニル‐エチニル基、2‐ベンゾチエニル‐エチル基、2‐ベンゾフラニル‐エチニル基、2‐(N‐メチル)インドリル‐エチニル基等を挙げることができる。 Examples of suitable groups among the groups represented by the general formula (4) are phenyl-ethynyl group, (4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl) -ethynyl group, (4-morpholinophenyl) -ethynyl. Group, (4-piperidinophenyl) -ethynyl group, (4-methoxyphenyl) -ethynyl group, (4-methylphenyl) -ethynyl group, (2-methoxyphenyl) -ethynyl group, 2-thienyl-ethynyl group Names include 2-furyl-ethynyl group, 2- (N-methyl) pyrrolinyl-ethynyl group, 2-benzothienyl-ethyl group, 2-benzofuranyl-ethynyl group, 2- (N-methyl) indolyl-ethynyl group, etc. Can do.
 R4及びR5のアリール基は、R3に関して既に説明したアリール基と同じ基が適用される。また、R4及びR5の前記へテロアリール基は、特に制限されないが、炭素数6~14のヘテロアリール基が好ましい。好適なヘテロアリール基を例示すると、チエニル基、フリル基、ピロリニル基、ピリジル基、ベンゾチエニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、ベンゾピロリニル基等を挙げることができる。さらに、アルキル基は、R3について説明したアルキル基と同じ基が適用される。 Aryl group R 4 and R 5, the same group as the aryl group described above with reference to R 3 are applied. The heteroaryl group for R 4 and R 5 is not particularly limited, but is preferably a heteroaryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of suitable heteroaryl groups include thienyl group, furyl group, pyrrolinyl group, pyridyl group, benzothienyl group, benzofuranyl group, benzopyrrolinyl group and the like. Further, alkyl groups, the same groups as the alkyl group described for R 3 apply.
 また、R4及びR5は、互いに結合して、脂環式環を形成することもできる。脂環式環としては、特に制限はされないが、好適な環を具体的に例示すると、アダマンタン環、ビシクロノナン環、ノルボルナン環等を挙げることができる。 R 4 and R 5 can also be bonded to each other to form an alicyclic ring. The alicyclic ring is not particularly limited, and specific examples of suitable rings include an adamantane ring, a bicyclononane ring, and a norbornane ring.
 上記R4及びR5について、特に、優れたフォトクロミック特性を発揮するためには、少なくとも一方、好ましくは両方が、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基であることが好ましい。さらに、R4及びR5の少なくとも一方、好ましくは両方が、下記(i)~(iii)に示されるいずれかの基であることが特に好ましい。
(i)アルキル基又はアルコキシ基を置換基として有するアリール基又はヘテロアリール基、
(ii)アミノ基を置換基として有するアリール基又はヘテロアリール基、及び
(iii)窒素原子をヘテロ原子として有し、且つ該窒素原子とアリール基又はヘテロアリール基とが結合する複素環基を置換基として有するアリール基又はヘテロアリール基。
In particular, in order to exhibit excellent photochromic properties, it is preferable that at least one of R 4 and R 5 is preferably an aryl group or a heteroaryl group. Furthermore, it is particularly preferable that at least one of R 4 and R 5 , preferably both, is any group shown in the following (i) to (iii).
(I) an aryl group or heteroaryl group having an alkyl group or an alkoxy group as a substituent,
(Ii) an aryl group or heteroaryl group having an amino group as a substituent, and (iii) a heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom as a heteroatom, and the nitrogen atom and the aryl group or heteroaryl group are bonded. An aryl group or heteroaryl group as a group.
 なお、上記(i)~(iii)におけるアリール基においては、置換基の位置は特に限定されず、その総数も特に限定されるものではない。ただし、優れたフォトクロミック特性を発揮するためには、置換位置は、アリール基がフェニル基である場合は、3位又は4位であることが好ましい。また、その際の置換基の数は1~2であることが好ましい。このような好適なアリール基を例示すると、4‐メチルフェニル基、4‐メトキシフェニル基、3,4‐ジメトキシフェニル基、4‐n‐プロポキシフェニル基、4‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)フェニル基、4‐(N,N‐ジエチルアミノ)フェニル基、4‐(N,N‐ジフェニルアミノ)フェニル基、4‐モルホリノフェニル基、4‐ピペリジノフェニル基、3‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)フェニル基、4‐(2,6‐ジメチルピペリジノ)フェニル基等を挙げることができる。 In the aryl groups in the above (i) to (iii), the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, and the total number is not particularly limited. However, in order to exhibit excellent photochromic properties, the substitution position is preferably the 3- or 4-position when the aryl group is a phenyl group. In this case, the number of substituents is preferably 1 to 2. Examples of such suitable aryl groups are 4-methylphenyl group, 4-methoxyphenyl group, 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl group, 4-n-propoxyphenyl group, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) phenyl. Group, 4- (N, N-diethylamino) phenyl group, 4- (N, N-diphenylamino) phenyl group, 4-morpholinophenyl group, 4-piperidinophenyl group, 3- (N, N-dimethylamino) ) Phenyl group, 4- (2,6-dimethylpiperidino) phenyl group and the like.
 また、前記(i)~(iii)におけるヘテロアリール基において、置換基の位置は特に限定されず、その総数も特に限定されないが、その数は1であることが好ましい。当該ヘテロアリール基として好適なものを具体的に例示すれば、4‐メトキシチエニル基、4‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)チエニル基、4‐メチルフリル基、4‐(N,N‐ジエチルアミノ)フリル基、4‐(N,N‐ジフェニルアミノ)チエニル基、4‐モルホリノピロリニル基、6‐ピペリジノベンゾチエニル基、6‐(N,N‐ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフラニル基等を挙げることができる。 In the heteroaryl group in (i) to (iii), the position of the substituent is not particularly limited, and the total number is not particularly limited, but the number is preferably 1. Specific examples of suitable heteroaryl groups include 4-methoxythienyl group, 4- (N, N-dimethylamino) thienyl group, 4-methylfuryl group, 4- (N, N-diethylamino). Examples include a furyl group, a 4- (N, N-diphenylamino) thienyl group, a 4-morpholinopyrrolinyl group, a 6-piperidinobenzothienyl group, and a 6- (N, N-dimethylamino) benzofuranyl group. .
 R6及びR7は、互いに独立して、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の13位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基である。 R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is the carbon at the 13th position of the pyran skeleton. A cyano group; a nitro group; a formyl group; a hydroxycarbonyl group; an alkylcarbonyl group; an alkoxycarbonyl group; a halogen atom; an aralkyl group; an aryl group; an aralkoxy group; or an aryloxy group.
 R6及びR7におけるアルキル基、ハロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の13位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、アラルキル基、アリール基、アラルコキシ基、及びアリールオキシ基の詳細については、上記R1'及びR2'で説明した基と同様である。 An alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom in R 6 and R 7 , a heterocyclic group in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 13th carbon atom of the pyran skeleton, an alkylcarbonyl group, Details of the alkoxycarbonyl group, halogen atom, aralkyl group, aryl group, aralkoxy group, and aryloxy group are the same as those described for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ above.
 また、R6及びR7は、ピラン骨格の13位の炭素原子と共に、互いに一緒になって環を構成する炭素数が該13位の炭素原子を含めて3~20である、脂環式環、又は前記脂環式環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環、環を構成する原子数が該13位の炭素原子を含めて3~20である、複素環、又は前記複素環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環を形成してもよい。 R 6 and R 7 together with the carbon atom at the 13th position of the pyran skeleton, together with each other, the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring is 3 to 20 including the carbon atom at the 13th position. Or a condensed polycycle in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to the alicyclic ring, a heterocycle having 3 to 20 atoms including the carbon atom at the 13-position, or You may form the condensed polycycle which the aromatic ring or the aromatic heterocycle condensed to the said heterocyclic ring.
 環を構成する炭素数が該13位の炭素原子を含めて3~20である脂環式環としては、例えば、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、ノルボルナン環、ビシクロノナン環、アダマンタン環等が挙げられる。 Examples of the alicyclic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms including the carbon atom at the 13-position include, for example, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a norbornane ring, and a bicyclononane ring. And an adamantane ring.
 また、脂環式環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環としては、例えば、ベンゾシクロへキサン環等が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the condensed polycyclic ring in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring include a benzocyclohexane ring.
 環を構成する原子数が該13位の炭素原子を含めて3~20である複素環としては、例えば、ジヒドロチオフェン環、ジヒドロフラン環、テトラヒドロフラン環、ジヒドロピリジン環等が挙げられる。 Examples of the heterocyclic ring having 3 to 20 atoms including the 13-position carbon atom include a dihydrothiophene ring, a dihydrofuran ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, a dihydropyridine ring, and the like.
 また、複素環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環としては、例えば、ジヒドロベンゾフラン環、ジヒドロベンゾチオフェン環等が挙げられる。 In addition, examples of the condensed polycycle in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to a heterocyclic ring include a dihydrobenzofuran ring and a dihydrobenzothiophene ring.
 本発明において、R6及びR7は、ピラン構造の13位の炭素原子と共に、互いに一緒になって、環を形成していることが好ましい。中でも、サーモクロミズムによる初期着色が小さくなり、退色速度が速くなるという観点から、特に、前記脂環式環、又は前記脂環式環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環を形成していることが好ましい。その中でも、特にサーモクロミズムによる初期着色が小さくなり、退色速度が速くなる観点からは、前記脂環式環を形成していることが好ましい。 In the present invention, it is preferable that R 6 and R 7 together with the carbon atom at the 13th position of the pyran structure form a ring together. Among these, from the viewpoint that initial coloring due to thermochromism is reduced and the fading speed is increased, in particular, the alicyclic ring, or a condensed polycyclic ring in which an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to the alicyclic ring. Is preferably formed. Among these, it is preferable that the alicyclic ring is formed from the viewpoint of reducing the initial coloring due to thermochromism and increasing the fading speed.
 R6及びR7が形成する脂環式環として、特に好適なものとしては、13位の炭素原子を含めて環を形成する炭素数が3~20である脂環式環(アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アラルキル基、アリール基及びハロゲン原子から選ばれる少なくとも1つの置換基を有していてもよい)である。なお、アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、アラルキル基、アリール基及びハロゲン原子は、R1'及びR2'で説明したものと同様である。 Particularly preferred as the alicyclic ring formed by R 6 and R 7 is an alicyclic ring (alkyl group, haloalkyl) containing 3 to 20 carbon atoms including the carbon atom at the 13-position. Group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, an aralkyl group, an aryl group and a halogen atom, which may have at least one substituent. The alkyl group, haloalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, amino group, aralkyl group, aryl group and halogen atom are the same as those described for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ .
 好適な基を例示すれば、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環等の単環、ノルボルナン環、ビシクロノナン環等のビシクロ環、及びアダマンタン環等のトリシクロ環を例示することができる。これらは、メチル基等の炭素数4以下の低級アルキル基を、置換基として、少なくとも1個有していてもよい。サーモクロミズムによる初期着色が小さくなり、退色速度が速くなるという観点から、炭素数が3~20の炭化水素環が好ましい。特に、サーモクロミズムによる初期着色が小さくなり、退色速度が速くなるという観点から単環が好ましく、具体的な単環を例示すると、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロノナン環、シクロデカン環、3,3,5,5‐テトラメチルシクロへキサン環等が挙げられ、特に、サーモクロミズムによる初期着色が小さくなり、退色速度が速くなる観点から、シクロオクタン環、3,3,5,5‐テトラメチルシクロへキサン環等が好ましい。 Examples of suitable groups include monocyclic rings such as cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring and cyclooctane ring, bicyclo rings such as norbornane ring and bicyclononane ring, and tricyclo rings such as adamantane ring. These may have at least one lower alkyl group having 4 or less carbon atoms such as a methyl group as a substituent. A hydrocarbon ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred from the viewpoint that the initial coloring due to thermochromism is reduced and the fading speed is increased. In particular, a single ring is preferable from the viewpoint that initial coloration due to thermochromism is reduced and a fading speed is increased. Specific examples of the single ring include a cycloheptane ring, a cyclooctane ring, a cyclononane ring, a cyclodecane ring, and 3,3. , 5,5-tetramethylcyclohexane ring, and the like. In particular, from the viewpoint of reducing initial coloration due to thermochromism and increasing the fading speed, a cyclooctane ring, 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclo A hexane ring or the like is preferable.
 本発明において、R6及びR7が結合して形成する環として最も好適なものの代表例は、例えば、下記構造式で示される。なお、下記式中の数字「13」で示された位置の炭素が、ピラン骨格の13位の炭素に相当する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
In the present invention, representative examples of the most preferable ring formed by combining R 6 and R 7 are represented by the following structural formulas, for example. The carbon at the position indicated by the numeral “13” in the following formula corresponds to the 13th carbon of the pyran skeleton.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 本発明のクロメン化合物の中でも、初期着色が小さく、ダブルピーク性が高いという点から、上記一般式(2)におけるR1及びR2の両方が、脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、又は脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基から選ばれる置換基であるクロメン化合物であることが特に好適である。また、同じ理由で、下記一般式(5)又は一般式(6)で表されるロメン化合物も特に好適である。 Among the chromene compounds of the present invention, both R 1 and R 2 in the general formula (2) are an alicyclic ring, an alicyclic ring, a fatty acid, because the initial coloring is small and the double peak property is high. An alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring fused to an aromatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or a condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic heterocyclic ring, or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring Particularly preferred is a chromene compound which is a substituent selected from a condensed polycyclic group. For the same reason, lomen compounds represented by the following general formula (5) or general formula (6) are also particularly suitable.
 一般式(5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
      
[式中、
 R1、R2、R2'、R4、R5、R6、R7、b及びdは、それぞれ、上記一般式(2)に記載ものと同意義であり、
 R3及びR11は、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の5位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基であり、
 R12は、上記一般式(2)におけるR1'及びR2'の中で、Hammett数σpが-0.1以下の電子供与性の置換基である。]
General formula (5)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

[Where:
R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b and d are respectively the same as those described in the general formula (2),
R 3 and R 11 are each a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 5-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton. A heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a formyl group, a hydroxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkoxy group, or an aryloxy group,
R 12 is an electron-donating substituent having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less among R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ in the general formula (2). ]
 一般式(6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
      
[式中、
 R1、R2、R2'、R4、R5、R6、R7、b及びdは、それぞれ、上記一般式(2)に記載のものと同意義であり、
 R3及びR11は、上記一般式(2)に記載のものと同意義であり、
 R13は、上記一般式(2)におけるR1'及びR2'の中で、Hammett数σpが-0.1以下の電子供与性の置換基である。]
General formula (6)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019

[Where:
R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b and d are respectively the same as those described in the general formula (2),
R 3 and R 11 are the same as those described in the general formula (2),
R 13 is an electron-donating substituent having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less among R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ in the general formula (2). ]
 ここで、上記一般式(5)及び(6)におけるR1、R2、R2'、R4、R5、R6、R7、b及びdは、それぞれ、前記一般式(2)に記載のものと同意義であり、これら基として好ましい基についても、前記一般式(2)について例示した基が挙げられる。また、基の数、結合する炭素原子の位置も、前記一般式(2)で説明したものと同意義である。 Here, R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b, and d in the general formulas (5) and (6) are respectively represented by the general formula (2). The groups exemplified in the general formula (2) are also included in the groups having the same meanings as those described above and preferable groups as these groups. The number of groups and the position of the carbon atom to be bonded are also the same as those described in the general formula (2).
 R3及びR11は、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の5位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基である。これら基の具体例は、上記R1'及びR2'で例示した基と同様の基が挙げられる。また、当然のことながら、好ましい基についても、上記R1'及びR2'で例示した基が挙げられる。 R 3 and R 11 are each a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 5-position carbon atom of the pyran skeleton. A heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a formyl group, a hydroxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, an aralkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkoxy group, or an aryloxy group. Specific examples of these groups include the same groups as those exemplified for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ above. As a matter of course, preferable groups include those exemplified for R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ above.
 上記一般式(5)、(6)におけるR12及びR13は、前記一般式(2)のR1'及びR2'において、Hammett数σpが-0.1以下となる電子供与性の基である。R12及びR13が、上記電子供与性の基であることにより、特に優れた効果を発揮する。 R 12 and R 13 in the general formulas (5) and (6) are electron donating properties in which the Hammett number σ p is −0.1 or less in R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ in the general formula (2). It is a group. When R 12 and R 13 are the electron donating group, a particularly excellent effect is exhibited.
 なお、Hammett数σpとは、p‐置換安息香酸の解離定数Kaを基準に用いて、π電子系に結合した置換基の電気的効果を定量化したHammett則に基づいて定義されるものである。Hammett数σpが0となる置換基は水素原子である。 The Hammett number σ p is defined based on the Hammett's rule, which uses the dissociation constant Ka of p-substituted benzoic acid as a reference, and quantifies the electrical effect of the substituent bonded to the π-electron system. is there. The substituent whose Hammett number σ p is 0 is a hydrogen atom.
 上記一般式(5)、(6)におけるR12、R13は、中でも、Hammett数σpが-0.1以下となる電子供与性の基であることが特に好ましい。このような範囲を満足する電子供与性の基を有する場合には、初期着色を抑えながらダブルピーク性を高くすることができる。 In the general formulas (5) and (6), R 12 and R 13 are particularly preferably electron donating groups having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less. In the case of having an electron donating group that satisfies such a range, the double peak property can be enhanced while suppressing initial coloring.
 Hammett数σpが-0.1以下の電子供与性の置換基であるR12、R13としては、ヒドロキシル基(σp=-0.37)、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミノ基、又は窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の6位、7位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基が挙げられる。 R 12 and R 13 which are electron donating substituents having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less include a hydroxyl group (σ p = −0.37), an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group , An amino group, or a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 6th and 7th carbon atoms of the pyran skeleton.
 以下、Hammett数σpが-0.1以下である上記電子供与性の置換基について、詳細に説明する。 Hereinafter, the electron donating substituent having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less will be described in detail.
 アルキル基は、通常、Hammett数σpが-0.2以上、-0.1以下の基であり、特に、本発明においては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基が好ましい。好適なアルキル基を具体的に例示すれば、メチル基(σp=-0.14)、エチル基(σp=-0.13)、n‐プロピル基(σp=-0.12)、イソプロピル基、n‐ブチル基、sec‐ブチル基、tert‐ブチル基(σp=-0.15)等を挙げることができる。 The alkyl group is usually a group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.2 or more and −0.1 or less, and in the present invention, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Specific examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl group (σ p = −0.14), ethyl group (σ p = −0.13), n-propyl group (σ p = −0.12), isopropyl group, and n-butyl. Group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group (σ p = −0.15) and the like.
 シクロアルキル基は、通常、Hammett数σpが-0.2以上、-0.1以下の基であり、特に、本発明においては、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。好適なシクロアルキル基を具体的に例示すれば、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基(σp=-0.16)等が挙げられる。 The cycloalkyl group is usually a group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.2 or more and −0.1 or less, and in the present invention, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Specific examples of suitable cycloalkyl groups include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group (σ p = −0.16), and the like.
 アルコキシ基は、通常、Hammett数σpが-0.3以上、-0.2以下の基であり、特に、本発明においては、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基が好ましい。好適なアルコキシ基を具体的に例示すれば、メトキシ基(σp=-0.28)、エトキシ基(σp=-0.21)、n‐プロポキシ基(σp=-0.26)、イソプロポキシ基、n‐ブトキシ基、sec‐ブトキシ基、tert‐ブトキシ基等を挙げることができる。 The alkoxy group is usually a group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.3 or more and −0.2 or less, and in the present invention, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Specific examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy group (σ p = −0.28), ethoxy group (σ p = −0.21), n-propoxy group (σ p = −0.26), isopropoxy group, n- A butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group, and the like can be given.
 アリールオキシ基は、通常、Hammett数σpが-0.5以上、-0.2以下の基であり、特に、本発明においては、炭素数6~14のアリールオキシ基が好ましい。好適なアリールオキシ基を具体的に例示すれば、フェノキシ基(σp=-0.32)、1‐ナフトキシ基等を挙げることができる。なお、アリールオキシ基は、ベンゼン環の1もしくは2以上の水素原子が、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基で置換されたものであってもよい。これら基で置換されたアリールオキシ基であっても、Hammett数σpは-0.1以下となる。 The aryloxy group is usually a group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.5 or more and −0.2 or less, and in the present invention, an aryloxy group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. Specific examples of suitable aryloxy groups include phenoxy group (σ p = −0.32), 1-naphthoxy group and the like. In the aryloxy group, one or more hydrogen atoms of the benzene ring are substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. It may be a thing. Even with an aryloxy group substituted with these groups, the Hammett number σ p is −0.1 or less.
 アミノ基は、通常、Hammett数σpが-1.0以上、-0.5以下の基である。好適なアミノ基を例示すれば、未置換のアミノ基(σp=-0.66)に限定されず、置換基を有するアミノ基であってもよい。かかるアミノ基が有する置換基としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数3~8のシクロアルキル基、炭素数6~14のアリール基、炭素数4~12のヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる。このような置換アミノ基の好適な例としては、メチルアミノ基(σp=-0.77)、エチルアミノ基等のアルキルアミノ基;ジメチルアミノ基(σp=-0.83)、ジエチルアミノ基等のジアルキルアミノ基;フェニルアミノ基(σp=-0.11)等のアリールアミノ基、ジフェニルアミノ基等のジアリールアミノ基等を挙げることができる。 The amino group is usually a group having a Hammett number σ p of −1.0 or more and −0.5 or less. For example, a suitable amino group is not limited to an unsubstituted amino group (σ p = −0.66), and may be an amino group having a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the amino group include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and a carbon number of 4 ˜12 heteroaryl groups and the like. Preferable examples of such a substituted amino group include methylamino groups (σ p = −0.77), alkylamino groups such as ethylamino groups; dimethylamino groups (σ p = −0.83), dialkylamino groups such as diethylamino groups Groups; arylamino groups such as phenylamino group (σ p = −0.11), diarylamino groups such as diphenylamino group, and the like.
 窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の6位又は7位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基は、通常、Hammett数σpが-1.0以上、-0.4以下の基である。好適な複素環基を例示すれば、モルホリノ基(σp=-0.50)、ピペリジノ基(σp=-0.83)、ピロリジニル基、ピペラジノ基、N‐メチルピペラジノ基、インドリニル基等を挙げることができる。さらに、該複素環基は、炭素数1~8のアルキル基を置換基として有してもよく、具体的な置換基としては、メチル基等のアルキル基を挙げることができる。置換基を有する複素環基を具体的に例示すれば、2,6‐ジメチルモルホリノ基、2,6‐ジメチルピペリジノ基、2,2,6,6‐テトラメチルピペリジノ基等が挙げられる。 A heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom and directly bonded to the 6th or 7th carbon atom of the pyran skeleton is usually a group having a Hammett number σ p of −1.0 or more and −0.4 or less. is there. Examples of suitable heterocyclic groups include morpholino group (σ p = −0.50), piperidino group (σ p = −0.83), pyrrolidinyl group, piperazino group, N-methylpiperazino group, indolinyl group and the like. Further, the heterocyclic group may have an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms as a substituent, and specific examples of the substituent include an alkyl group such as a methyl group. Specific examples of the heterocyclic group having a substituent include 2,6-dimethylmorpholino group, 2,6-dimethylpiperidino group, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidino group and the like. It is done.
 このうち、初期着色とダブルピーク性のバランスに優れるという点で、Hammett数σpが-0.90~-0.20となる基がより好ましく、-0.60~-0.20となる基がさらに好ましい。具体的な基を例示すれば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基等のアルコキシ基、モルホリノ基等の窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の6位又は7位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基が特に好ましい。 Of these, a group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.90 to −0.20 is more preferable, and a group of −0.60 to −0.20 is more preferable in terms of excellent balance between initial coloring and double peak property. For example, a heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom such as an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group or an ethoxy group, a morpholino group, or the like, and the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to the 6th or 7th carbon atom of the pyran skeleton. Is particularly preferred.
 本発明において特に好適なクロメン化合物を具体的に例示すれば、次のような化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Specific examples of particularly preferred chromene compounds in the present invention include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 クロメン化合物の同定
 本発明のクロメン化合物は、一般に、常温常圧において、無色、淡黄色又は淡緑色の固体又は粘稠な液体として存在し、次の(イ)~(ハ)のような手段で確認できる。
Identification of chromene compound The chromene compound of the present invention generally exists as a colorless, pale yellow or pale green solid or viscous liquid at room temperature and normal pressure, and is prepared by the following means (a) to (c). I can confirm.
 (イ)プロトン核磁気共鳴スペクトル(1H-NMR)を測定することにより、δ:5.0~9.0ppm付近にアロマティックなプロトン及びアルケンのプロトンに基づくピーク、δ:1.0~4.0ppm付近にアルキル基及びアルコキシ基のプロトンに基づくピークが現れる。また、それぞれのスペクトル強度を相対的に比較することにより、それぞれの結合基のプロトンの個数を知ることができる。 (A) By measuring a proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum ( 1 H-NMR), δ: a peak based on an aromatic proton and an alkene proton in the vicinity of 5.0 to 9.0 ppm, δ: 1.0 to 4 A peak based on protons of an alkyl group and an alkoxy group appears around 0.0 ppm. Moreover, the number of protons of each linking group can be known by relatively comparing the respective spectrum intensities.
 (ロ)元素分析によって相当する生成物の組成を決定することができる。 (B) The composition of the corresponding product can be determined by elemental analysis.
 (ハ)13C-核磁気共鳴スペクトル(13C-NMR)を測定することにより、δ:110~160 ppm付近に芳香族炭化水素基の炭素に基づくピーク、δ:80~140 ppm付近にアルケン及びアルキンの炭素に基づくピーク、δ:20~80ppm付近にアルキル基及びアルコキシ基の炭素に基づくピークが現われる。 By measuring the (c) 13 C-Nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum (13 C-NMR), δ : 110 ~ 160 ppm around the peak based on the carbons of an aromatic hydrocarbon group, δ: 80 ~ 140 ppm near the alkene And a peak based on carbon of alkyne, and δ: a peak based on carbon of alkyl group and alkoxy group appears in the vicinity of 20 to 80 ppm.
 クロメン化合物の製造
 本発明のクロメン化合物の製造方法は、特に限定されず、各種の合成法に従って行われる。例えば、上記一般式(2)で示されるクロメン化合物は、次のような方法によって、好適に製造される。なお、以下の説明において、各式中の符号は、特記しないかぎり、前述した式で説明したとおりの意味を示す。
Production of chromene compound The production method of the chromene compound of the present invention is not particularly limited, and is carried out according to various synthetic methods. For example, the chromene compound represented by the general formula (2) is preferably produced by the following method. In the following description, symbols in the respective formulas have the same meanings as described in the above-described formulas unless otherwise specified.
 一般式(7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
       
(式中、R1、R2、R1'、R2'、R6、R7、a、b、c及びdは、上述のとおりである)で表わされるナフトール誘導体と、一般式(8)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
       
(式中、R4及びR5は、上述のとおりである)で表されるプロパルギルアルコール誘導体とを、酸触媒存在下で反応させることにより、好適に製造することができる。ナフトール誘導体とプロパルギルアルコール誘導体との反応比率は、広い範囲から採用されるが、一般には、1:10~10:1(モル比)の範囲から選択される。また、酸触媒としては、硫酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、p‐トルエンスルホン酸、酸性アルミナ等が用いられ、ナフトール誘導体とプロパルギルアルコール誘導体との総和100重量部当り0.1~10重量部の範囲で用いられる。反応温度は、通常、0~200℃が好ましく、溶媒としては、非プロトン性有機溶媒、例えば、N‐メチルピロリドン、ジメチルホルムアミド、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン等が使用される。かかる反応により得られる生成物の精製方法は特に限定されない。例えば、シリカゲルカラム精製を行い、さらに再結晶により、精製を行なうことができる。
General formula (7)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021

(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c and d are as described above) and a general formula (8 )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022

(Wherein R 4 and R 5 are as described above) can be suitably produced by reacting with a propargyl alcohol derivative in the presence of an acid catalyst. The reaction ratio between the naphthol derivative and the propargyl alcohol derivative is selected from a wide range, but is generally selected from the range of 1:10 to 10: 1 (molar ratio). As the acid catalyst, sulfuric acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acidic alumina and the like are used, and the acid catalyst is used in the range of 0.1 to 10 parts by weight per 100 parts by weight of the total of naphthol derivative and propargyl alcohol derivative. It is done. The reaction temperature is usually preferably from 0 to 200 ° C., and as the solvent, an aprotic organic solvent such as N-methylpyrrolidone, dimethylformamide, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene or the like is used. The method for purifying the product obtained by such a reaction is not particularly limited. For example, purification can be performed by silica gel column purification and further by recrystallization.
 前記一般式(7)で表されるナフトール誘導体は新規な化合物であり、本発明の1態様を構成する。 The naphthol derivative represented by the general formula (7) is a novel compound and constitutes one embodiment of the present invention.
 本発明によるナフトール誘導体としては、好ましくは、例えば、下記構造式で表される化合物が挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
As a naphthol derivative by this invention, Preferably, the compound represented by the following structural formula can be mentioned, for example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 本発明による一般式(7)で表されるナフトール化合物は、、下記の反応スキームに従って合成される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
The naphthol compound represented by the general formula (7) according to the present invention is synthesized according to the following reaction scheme.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 工程a)一般式(9)で表わされるベンゼン誘導体からの一般式(10)の化合物の調製
 一般式(9)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
        
(式中、R1及びaは、一般式(2)と同意義である)で表わされるベンゼン誘導体を、マグネシウムと反応させてGrignard試薬とし、ついで、酸クロリドと反応させて、一般式(10)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
        
で表わされる化合物(R1、R2、R1'、R2'、a、b、c及びdは一般式(2)と同意義である)を調製する。
Step a) Preparation of compound of general formula (10) from benzene derivative represented by general formula (9)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025

(Wherein R 1 and a have the same meaning as in the general formula (2)) are reacted with magnesium to give a Grignard reagent, and then reacted with an acid chloride to give a general formula (10 )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

(R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , a, b, c and d are the same as those in the general formula (2)).
 工程b)一般式(11)で表わされる化合物の調製
 工程a)で得られた一般式(10)で表わされる化合物を、Stobbe反応、ついで、環化反応に供して、一般式(11)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
         
で表わされる化合物を調製する。なお、一般式(11)の化合物において、RはStobbe反応で使用したジエステル化合物由来の基である。
Step b) Preparation of the compound represented by the general formula (11) The compound represented by the general formula (10) obtained in the step a) is subjected to the Stobbe reaction and then to the cyclization reaction to give the general formula (11)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027

The compound represented by is prepared. In the compound of the general formula (11), R is a group derived from the diester compound used in the Stobbe reaction.
 工程c)一般式(12)で表わされる化合物の調製
 工程b)で得られた一般式(11)で表わされる化合物をアルカリ又は酸にて加水分解して、一般式(12)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
         
で表わされるカルボン酸を調製する。
Step c) Preparation of the compound represented by the general formula (12) The compound represented by the general formula (11) obtained in the preparation step b) is hydrolyzed with an alkali or an acid to obtain the general formula (12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028

The carboxylic acid represented by is prepared.
 工程d)一般式(13)で表わされるカルボン酸化合物の調製
 工程c)で得られた一般式(12)で表わされるカルボン酸を、炭酸カリウム等の塩基と塩化ベンジルと使用してベンジル化し、次いで、アルカリ又は酸にて加水分解して、一般式(13)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
         
で表されるベンジル保護されたカルボン酸誘導体を調製する。
Step d) Preparation of carboxylic acid compound represented by general formula (13) The carboxylic acid represented by general formula (12) obtained in step c) is benzylated using a base such as potassium carbonate and benzyl chloride, Subsequently, it hydrolyzes with an alkali or an acid, General formula (13)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029

The benzyl protected carboxylic acid derivative represented by
 工程e)一般式(14)で表わされるアルコール化合物の調製
 工程d)で得られた一般式(13)で表わされるベンジル保護化カルボン酸誘導体を、Curtius転位、Hofmann転位、Lossen転位等の方法によりアミンに変換し、このアミンからジアゾニウム塩を調製する。ついで、ジアゾニウム塩を、Sandmeyer反応等により、臭化物に変換し、得られた臭化物を、マグネシウム、リチウム等と反応させて有機金属試薬を調製する。この有機金属試薬を、一般式(15)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
           
(式中、R6及びR7は、一般式(2)と同意義である)で表わされるケトンと、-80~70℃、10分~4時間、有機溶媒中で反応させ、次いで水素とパラジウム炭素等で、脱ベンジル化反応を行うことで、一般式(14)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
         
(式中、R1、R2、R1'、R2'、R6、R7、a、b、c及びdは、一般式(2)と同意義である)で表わされるアルコール体を調製する。
 かかる反応において、前記有機金属試薬と前記一般式(15)で表わされるケトンとの反応比率は、広い範囲から採用されるが、一般には1:10~10:1(モル比)の範囲から選択される。反応温度は通常-80~70℃が好ましく、溶媒としては、非プロトン性有機溶媒、例えば、ジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン等が使用される。
Step e) Preparation of the alcohol compound represented by the general formula (14) The benzyl-protected carboxylic acid derivative represented by the general formula (13) obtained in the step d) is converted by a method such as Curtius rearrangement, Hofmann rearrangement or Lossen rearrangement. Convert to amine and prepare diazonium salt from this amine. Next, the diazonium salt is converted to bromide by Sandmeyer reaction or the like, and the resulting bromide is reacted with magnesium, lithium or the like to prepare an organometallic reagent. This organometallic reagent is represented by the general formula (15)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030

(Wherein R 6 and R 7 have the same meaning as in the general formula (2)), the reaction is carried out in an organic solvent at −80 to 70 ° C. for 10 minutes to 4 hours, and then hydrogen and By carrying out debenzylation reaction with palladium carbon or the like, general formula (14)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031

(Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c and d are the same as those in the general formula (2)). Prepare.
In such a reaction, the reaction ratio between the organometallic reagent and the ketone represented by the general formula (15) is selected from a wide range, but is generally selected from the range of 1:10 to 10: 1 (molar ratio). Is done. The reaction temperature is usually preferably from −80 to 70 ° C., and as the solvent, an aprotic organic solvent such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, benzene, toluene or the like is used.
 工程f)一般式(7)のナフトール誘導体の調製
 工程e)で得られた一般式(14)で表わされるアルコール体について、中性~酸性条件下、10~120℃において、10分~2時間Friedel-Crafts反応を行うことによって、一般式(7)で表わされるナフトール誘導体を調製する。
Step f) Preparation of a naphthol derivative of the general formula (7) The alcohol form represented by the general formula (14) obtained in the step e) is subjected to neutral to acidic conditions at 10 to 120 ° C. for 10 minutes to 2 hours. A naphthol derivative represented by the general formula (7) is prepared by performing a Friedel-Crafts reaction.
 かかる反応において、酢酸、塩酸、硫酸、ベンゼンスルホン酸、p‐トルエンスルホン酸、酸性アルミナ等の酸触媒を用いて行うことが好ましく、このような酸触媒は、アルコール体100重量部当り0.1~10重量部の範囲で用いることが好適である。この反応に際しては、テトラヒドロフラン、ベンゼン、トルエン等の溶媒が使用される。 Such a reaction is preferably carried out using an acid catalyst such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, acidic alumina, etc., and such an acid catalyst is 0.1 per 100 parts by weight of alcohol. It is preferable to use in the range of ˜10 parts by weight. In this reaction, a solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, benzene, or toluene is used.
 なお、一般式(7)で表わされるナフトール誘導体の合成に当たり使用される原料の一般式(9)で表されるベンゼン誘導体の具体例としては、下記の化合物が挙げられる。 In addition, the following compound is mentioned as a specific example of the benzene derivative represented by General formula (9) of the raw material used in the synthesis | combination of the naphthol derivative represented by General formula (7).
 構造式(16)のベンゼン誘導体
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
          
 構造式(16)のベンゼン誘導体は、例えば、Journal of Organic Cemistry, 729-733; 1998に記載の方法に従って合成される。
Benzene derivative of structural formula (16)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032

The benzene derivative of the structural formula (16) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of Organic Cemistry, 729-733; 1998.
 構造式(17)のベンゼン誘導体
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
          
 構造式(17)のベンゼン誘導体は、例えば、Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 4993-5006; 1995に記載の方法に従って合成される。
Benzene derivative of structural formula (17)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033

The benzene derivative of the structural formula (17) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 4993-5006; 1995.
 構造式(18)のベンゼン誘導体
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
          
 構造式(18)のベンゼン誘導体は、例えば、Journal of the American Chemical Society, 5654-5655; 1990に記載の方法に従って合成される。
Benzene derivative of structural formula (18)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034

The benzene derivative of the structural formula (18) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of the American Chemical Society, 5654-5655; 1990.
 構造式(19)のベンゼン誘導体
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035

          
 構造式(19)のベンゼン誘導体は、例えば、Journal of Chemical Society, Perkin Transactions 2, 662-668; 1976に記載の方法に従って合成される。
Benzene derivative of structural formula (19)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035


The benzene derivative of the structural formula (19) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Journal of Chemical Society, Perkin Transactions 2, 662-668; 1976.
 構造式(20)のベンゼン誘導体
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
          
Benzene derivative of structural formula (20)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 構造式(20)のベンゼン誘導体は、例えば、Australian Journal of Chemistry, 115-119; 1981、Journal、Journal of Organic Chemistry, 3129-3132; 2007に記載の方法に従って合成される。 The benzene derivative of the structural formula (20) is synthesized, for example, according to the method described in Australian Journal of Chemistry, 115-119; 1981, Journal, Journal of Organic Chemistry, 3129-3132;
 上記一般式(8)で表わされるプロパルギルアルコール誘導体は、種々の方法で合成することができるが、例えば、一般式(8)に対応するケトン誘導体とリチウムアセチリド等の金属アセチレン化合物と反応させることにより容易に合成できる。 The propargyl alcohol derivative represented by the general formula (8) can be synthesized by various methods. For example, by reacting a ketone derivative corresponding to the general formula (8) with a metal acetylene compound such as lithium acetylide. Easy to synthesize.
 以上のようにして合成される本発明のクロメン化合物は、トルエン、クロロホルム、テトラヒドロフラン等の一般の有機溶媒によく溶解する。このような溶媒に、クロメン化合物を溶解したとき、一般に、溶液は、ほぼ無色透明であり、太陽光又は紫外線を照射すると速やかに発色し、光を遮断すると可逆的に速やかに元の無色にもどる良好なフォトクロミック作用を呈する。 The chromene compound of the present invention synthesized as described above dissolves well in common organic solvents such as toluene, chloroform, and tetrahydrofuran. When a chromene compound is dissolved in such a solvent, generally, the solution is almost colorless and transparent, and rapidly develops color when irradiated with sunlight or ultraviolet rays, and reversibly and rapidly returns to the original colorless when light is blocked. It exhibits a good photochromic effect.
 他のフォトクロミック化合物との組み合わせ
 本発明のクロメン化合物は、単独で中間色を示すが、フォトクロミックレンズとして要求される様々な色調を得るために他のフォトクロミック化合物と組み合わせて用いることもできる。組み合わせるフォトクロミック化合物は、公知の化合物を何ら制限なく用いることができる。例えば、フルギド、フルギミド、スピロオキサジン、クロメン等が挙げられる。中でも、発退色時の色調を均一に保つことができ、フォトクロミック性の劣化に伴う発色時の色ずれを抑制でき、さらに、初期着色を小さくできるという点からクロメン化合物が特に好ましい。
Combination with other photochromic compounds The chromene compound of the present invention exhibits an intermediate color by itself, but can also be used in combination with other photochromic compounds in order to obtain various color tones required as a photochromic lens. As the photochromic compound to be combined, known compounds can be used without any limitation. For example, fulgide, fulgimide, spirooxazine, chromene and the like can be mentioned. Among these, a chromene compound is particularly preferable because it can maintain a uniform color tone at the time of color development and color, can suppress a color shift at the time of color development due to deterioration of photochromic properties, and can reduce initial coloring.
 すなわち、本発明のクロメン化合物を含有し、さらに前記のクロメン化合物のように発色感度、退色速度が良好で、且つ、初期着色の小さい他のクロメン化合物を組み合わせることにより、発退色時の色調が均一で、且つ、高い透明性を与えるフォトクロミック組成物を得ることができる。 That is, it contains the chromene compound of the present invention, and, like the chromene compound described above, by combining with other chromene compounds having good color development sensitivity and fading speed and small initial coloration, the color tone at the time of fading is uniform. In addition, a photochromic composition that provides high transparency can be obtained.
 高い透明性を与えるために、組み合わせる他のクロメン化合物としては、サーモクロミズムによる透過率が75%以上であり、紫外線吸収曲線の吸収端が380~430 nmであるものが好ましい。さらに、サーモクロミズムによる透過率が85%以上であり、紫外線吸収曲線の吸収端が380~420 nmであるものが特に好ましく、サーモクロミズムによる透過率が88%以上であり、紫外線吸収曲線の吸収端が380~410 nmであるものが最も好ましい。なお、このサーモクロミズムによる透過率、及び紫外線吸収曲線の吸収端は、下記の実施例で記載した方法により測定した値である。 In order to give high transparency, other chromene compounds to be combined are preferably those having a transmittance of 75% or more by thermochromism and an absorption edge of the ultraviolet absorption curve of 380 to 430 nm. Further, it is particularly preferable that the transmittance by thermochromism is 85% or more and the absorption edge of the ultraviolet absorption curve is 380 to 420 nm, the transmittance by thermochromism is 88% or more, and the absorption edge of the ultraviolet absorption curve. Is most preferably 380 to 410 nm. In addition, the transmittance | permeability by this thermochromism and the absorption edge of an ultraviolet absorption curve are the values measured by the method described in the following Example.
 これらの好適な他のクロメン化合物は具体的には、下記一般式(21)及び一般式(22)で表されるクロメン化合物を挙げることができる。 Specific examples of these other chromene compounds include chromene compounds represented by the following general formula (21) and general formula (22).
 一般式(21)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
 一般式(21)において、R2'、R3、R4、R5、R6及びR7は、一般式(2)で示したものと同意義であり、R12は、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、環員窒素原子を含み且つその窒素原子でそれが結合しているベンゼン環に結合する複素環基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ホルミル基、ヒドロキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、アラルキル基、アラルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はアリール基であり、mは0~4の整数であり、nは0~2の整数である。具体例としては、例えば、国際公開WO2001/60811パンフレットに記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Formula (21)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
In the general formula (21), R 2 ′ , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 are the same as those shown in the general formula (2), and R 12 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl Group, alkyl group, haloalkyl group, cycloalkyl group, alkoxy group, amino group, heterocyclic group containing a ring nitrogen atom and bonded to the benzene ring to which it is bonded, cyano group, nitro group, A formyl group, a hydroxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, an aralkyl group, an aralkoxy group, an aryloxy group or an aryl group, m is an integer of 0 to 4, and n is an integer of 0 to 2 It is. Specific examples include, for example, compounds described in International Publication WO2001 / 60811 Pamphlet.
 一般式(22)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
          
General formula (22)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 一般式(22)において、R3、R4及びR5は、一般式(2)で示したものと同意義であり、R13は、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、アルキル基、ハロアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アミノ基、環員窒素原子を含み且つその窒素原子でそれが結合しているベンゼン環に結合する複素環基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ホルミル基、ヒドロキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、ハロゲン原子、アラルキル基、アラルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はアリール基であり、o及びpは、互いに独立して、0~4の整数である。具体例としては、例えば、国際公開WO2009/136668パンフレットに記載の化合物が挙げられる。 In the general formula (22), R 3 , R 4 and R 5 are the same as those shown in the general formula (2), and R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group. Group, alkoxy group, amino group, heterocyclic group containing a ring nitrogen atom and bonded to the benzene ring to which it is bonded, cyano group, nitro group, formyl group, hydroxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group , An alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom, an aralkyl group, an aralkoxy group, an aryloxy group or an aryl group, and o and p are each independently an integer of 0 to 4. Specific examples include compounds described in International Publication WO2009 / 136668 Pamphlet.
 また、本発明のクロメン化合物と他のクロメン化合物とを含むフォトクロミック組成物とする場合、各クロメン化合物の配合割合は、所望とする色調に応じて適宜決定すればよい。その場合、本発明のクロメン化合物または他のクロメン化合物が重合単量体100質量部に対し0.001~10質量部とするのが好ましい。具体的に、より好ましくは、コーティングのような薄膜(例えば100μm程度の薄膜の場合)の場合は、コーティング膜あるいはコーティング膜を与える重合性単量体100質量部に対して、本発明のクロメン化合物0.001~5.0質量部、他のクロメン化合物0.001~5.0質量部の範囲で色調を調整するのがよい。あるいは、厚い硬化体(例えば1ミリ以上の場合)の場合は、厚い硬化体あるいは厚い硬化体を与える重合性単量体100質量部に対して、本発明のクロメン化合物0.001~0.5質量部、他のクロメン化合物0.001~0.5質量部の範囲で色調を調整するのがよい。 Further, when a photochromic composition containing the chromene compound of the present invention and another chromene compound is used, the blending ratio of each chromene compound may be appropriately determined according to the desired color tone. In that case, the chromene compound or other chromene compound of the present invention is preferably 0.001 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerization monomer. Specifically, more preferably, in the case of a thin film such as a coating (for example, in the case of a thin film of about 100 μm), the chromene compound of the present invention with respect to 100 parts by mass of the coating monomer or the polymerizable monomer that gives the coating film The color tone is preferably adjusted in the range of 0.001 to 5.0 parts by mass and other chromene compounds 0.001 to 5.0 parts by mass. Alternatively, in the case of a thick cured body (for example, 1 mm or more), 0.001 to 0.5 parts by mass of the chromene compound of the present invention with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable monomer that gives the thick cured body or the thick cured body. The color tone is preferably adjusted in the range of 0.001 to 0.5 parts by mass of the other chromene compounds.
 組み合わせる安定剤
 本発明のクロメン化合物は、そのままでも耐久性が高いが、下記に示す紫外線吸収剤や光安定剤、酸化防止剤などを用いることにより、さらに耐久性を高くすることができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、ベンゾフェノン系化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、シアノアクリレート系化合物、トリアジン系化合物、ベンゾエート系化合物等の公知の紫外線吸収剤を使用することができ、特に、シアノアクリレート系化合物、ベンゾフェノン系化合物が好ましい。上記紫外線吸収剤は、本発明のクロメン化合物を含む重合単量体100質量部に対し、0.001~5質量部の範囲で用いることで効果を発揮する。また、光安定剤としては公知のヒンダードアミンを、酸化防止剤としては公知のヒンダードフェノールを使用することができる。上記の光安定剤、酸化防止剤は、本発明のクロメン化合物を含む重合単量体100質量部に対し、0.01~10質量部の範囲で用いることで効果を発揮する。
Stabilizer to be combined Although the chromene compound of the present invention is highly durable as it is, the durability can be further enhanced by using the following ultraviolet absorber, light stabilizer, antioxidant and the like. As the ultraviolet absorber, known ultraviolet absorbers such as a benzophenone compound, a benzotriazole compound, a cyanoacrylate compound, a triazine compound, and a benzoate compound can be used, and in particular, a cyanoacrylate compound and a benzophenone compound. Compounds are preferred. The ultraviolet absorber is effective when used in the range of 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerization monomer containing the chromene compound of the present invention. Moreover, a known hindered amine can be used as the light stabilizer, and a known hindered phenol can be used as the antioxidant. The above light stabilizer and antioxidant are effective when used in the range of 0.01 to 10 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymerization monomer containing the chromene compound of the present invention.
 クロメン化合物の用途
 また、本発明のクロメン化合物及び前記構造式(1)、前記一般式(21)又は(22)で表わされるクロメン化合物を含むフォトクロミック組成物は、高分子固体マトリックス中でも同様なフォトクロミック特性を示す。かかる高分子固体マトリックスとしては、本発明のクロメン化合物が均一に分散するものであればよい。高分子固体マトリックスのための光学的に好ましい高分子化合物としては、例えばポリアクリル酸メチル、ポリアクリル酸エチル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリメタクリル酸エチル、ポリスチレン、ポリアクリロニトリル、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリアクリルアミド、ポリ(2-ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート)、ポリジメチルシロキサン、ポリカーボネート等の熱可塑性樹脂を挙げることができる。
Use of chromene compound The photochromic composition comprising the chromene compound of the present invention and the chromene compound represented by the structural formula (1), the general formula (21) or (22) has similar photochromic properties even in a polymer solid matrix. Indicates. As such a polymer solid matrix, any polymer can be used as long as the chromene compound of the present invention is uniformly dispersed. Optically preferred polymer compounds for the polymer solid matrix include, for example, polymethyl acrylate, polyethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polyacrylonitrile, polyvinyl alcohol, polyacrylamide, poly Mention may be made of thermoplastic resins such as (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate), polydimethylsiloxane and polycarbonate.
 また、本発明のクロメン化合物及び前記構造式(1)、前記一般式(21)又は(22)で表わされるクロメン化合物を含むフォトクロミック組成物は、重合体とする前の各種の重合性単量体と混合することにより、フォトクロミック硬化性組成物とし、これを重合硬化することでフォトクロミック組成物とすることもできる。即ち、本発明のフォトクロミック組成物および各種の重合性単量体を含有するフォトクロミック硬化性組成物を重合硬化することで、該フォトクロミック組成物を均一に分散させた硬化体を得ることができる。 In addition, the photochromic composition containing the chromene compound of the present invention and the chromene compound represented by the structural formula (1), the general formula (21) or (22) is prepared by using various polymerizable monomers before forming a polymer. It can also be set as a photochromic composition by superposing | polymerizing and hardening this to a photochromic curable composition by mixing. That is, a cured product in which the photochromic composition is uniformly dispersed can be obtained by polymerizing and curing the photochromic curable composition containing the photochromic composition of the present invention and various polymerizable monomers.
 なかでも、発色濃度が高く、退色速度が速いといった優れたフォトクロミック物性を示し、且つ基材については硬度や耐熱性が高いといった優れた基材特性を得る観点から、前記構造式(1)、前記一般式(21)又は(22)で表わされるクロメン化合物を含むフォトクロミック組成物と下記に示す(A1)、(A2)及び(A3)の重合性単量体:
(A1)単独重合したときに得られる重合体のLスケールロックウェル硬度が40以下である重合性単量体、
(A2)単独重合したときに得られる重合体のLスケールロックウェル硬度が60以上である3官能以上のラジカル重合性単量体、
(A3)単独重合したときに得られる重合体のLスケールロックウェル硬度が60以上である2官能ラジカル重合性単量体
を混合し、Lスケールロックウェル硬度が60以上となる硬化体を形成するフォトクロミック硬化性組成物とすることが好ましい。各成分の具体例としては、例えば、(A1)成分としては、グリシジルアクリレート、グリシジルメタクリレート、β‐メチルグリシジルメタクリレート、ビスフェノールA‐モノグリシジルエーテル‐メタクリレート、4‐グリシジルオキシメタクリレート、3‐(グリシジル‐2‐オキシエトキシ)‐2‐ヒドロキシプロピルメタクリレート、3‐(グリシジルオキシ‐1‐イソプロピルオキシ)‐2‐ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート、3‐(グリシジルオキシ‐2‐ヒドロキシプロピルオキシ)‐2‐ヒドロキシプロピルアクリレート等のアクリル酸エステル化合物及びメタクリル酸エステル化合物及びポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート等のポリアルキレングリコール化合物;(A2)成分としては、トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート等の多価アクリル酸及び多価メタクリル酸エステル化合物、ウレタンオリゴマーテトラメタアクリレート等のウレタンアクリレート及びポリエステルオリゴマーヘキサアクリレート等のポリエステルアクリレート;(A3)成分としては、エチレングリコールジアクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジメタクリレート、エチレングリコールビスグリシジルメタクリレート、ビスフェノールAジメタクリレート、2,2‐ビス(4‐メタクリロイルオキシエトキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2‐ビス(3,5‐ジブロモ‐4‐メタクリロイルオキシエトキシフェニル)プロパン等の多価アクリル酸及び多価メタクリル酸エステル化合物等、国際公開WO2001/05854パンフレットに記載の重合性単量体が挙げられる。なお、Lスケールロックウェル硬度とは、JIS-B 7726に従って測定される硬度を意味し、各モノマーの単独重合体について該測定を行うことにより上記硬度の条件を満足するかどうかを簡単に判断することができる。
Among them, from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent base properties such as high color density and high photochromic properties such as high fading speed, and excellent base properties such as high hardness and heat resistance, the structural formula (1), Photochromic composition containing a chromene compound represented by the general formula (21) or (22) and polymerizable monomers (A1), (A2) and (A3) shown below:
(A1) a polymerizable monomer having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 40 or less in a polymer obtained by homopolymerization,
(A2) a tri- or higher functional radical polymerizable monomer having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 60 or more of a polymer obtained by homopolymerization,
(A3) A bifunctional radical polymerizable monomer having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 60 or more of the polymer obtained by homopolymerization is mixed to form a cured product having an L-scale Rockwell hardness of 60 or more. A photochromic curable composition is preferred. Specific examples of each component include, for example, (A1) component such as glycidyl acrylate, glycidyl methacrylate, β-methyl glycidyl methacrylate, bisphenol A-monoglycidyl ether-methacrylate, 4-glycidyloxy methacrylate, 3- (glycidyl-2 Acrylics such as 3-oxyethoxy) -2-hydroxypropyl methacrylate, 3- (glycidyloxy-1-isopropyloxy) -2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 3- (glycidyloxy-2-hydroxypropyloxy) -2-hydroxypropyl acrylate Polyalkylene glycol compounds such as acid ester compounds and methacrylic acid ester compounds and polyethylene glycol diacrylate; (A2) component includes trimethylolpropane trimeta Polyacrylates such as polyacrylates such as relate and polymethacrylate compounds, urethane acrylates such as urethane oligomer tetramethacrylate, and polyester acrylates such as polyester oligomer hexaacrylate; (A3) components include ethylene glycol diacrylate, diethylene glycol dimethacrylate, Triethylene glycol dimethacrylate, tetraethylene glycol dimethacrylate, ethylene glycol bisglycidyl methacrylate, bisphenol A dimethacrylate, 2,2-bis (4-methacryloyloxyethoxyphenyl) propane, 2,2-bis (3,5-dibromo- 4-methacryloyloxyethoxyphenyl) propane and other polyacrylic acid and polymethacrylic acid ester compounds, etc., international publication WO2001 / 0 Examples thereof include polymerizable monomers described in 5854 pamphlet. The L scale Rockwell hardness means a hardness measured in accordance with JIS-B 7726, and it is easily judged whether or not the above hardness condition is satisfied by performing the measurement on a homopolymer of each monomer. be able to.
 また、上述した重合性単量体を、重合性単官能単量体と共重合させた共重合体も、前記高分子マトリックスとして使用することができる。このような重合性単官能単量体としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、無水マレイン酸等の不飽和カルボン酸;ジアリルフタレート、ジアリルテレフタレート、ジアリルイソフタレート、酒石酸ジアリル、エポキシこはく酸ジアリル、ジアリルフマレート、クロレンド酸ジアリル、ヘキサフタル酸ジアリル、ジアリルカーボネート、アリルジグリコールカーボネート、トリメチロールプロパントリアリルカーボネート等の多価アリル化合物;1,2‐ビス(メタクリロイルチオ)エタン、ビス(2‐アクリロイルチオエチル)エーテル、1,4-ビス(メタクリロイルチオメチル)ベンゼン等の多価チオアクリル酸及び多価チオメタクリル酸エステル化合物;アクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸ベンジル、メタクリル酸フェニル、2‐ヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート等のアクリル酸及びメタクリル酸エステル化合物;フマル酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジフェニル等のフマル酸エステル化合物;メチルチオアクリレート、ベンジルチオアクリレート、ベンジルチオメタクリレート等のチオアクリル酸及びチオメタクリル酸エステル化合物;スチレン、クロロスチレン、メチルスチレン、ビニルナフタレン、α‐メチルスチレンダイマー、ブロモスチレン等のビニル化合物等が挙げられる。これらは一種又は二種以上を混合して使用でき、その配合量は使用する用途に応じて適宜決定される。 Also, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing the polymerizable monomer described above with a polymerizable monofunctional monomer can be used as the polymer matrix. Examples of such polymerizable monofunctional monomers include unsaturated carboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and maleic anhydride; diallyl phthalate, diallyl terephthalate, diallyl isophthalate, diallyl tartrate, diallyl epoxy succinate, diallyl Polyvalent allyl compounds such as fumarate, diallyl chlorendate, diallyl hexaphthalate, diallyl carbonate, allyl diglycol carbonate, trimethylolpropane triallyl carbonate; 1,2-bis (methacryloylthio) ethane, bis (2-acryloylthioethyl) ) Ether, 1,4-bis (methacryloylthiomethyl) benzene and other polyvalent thioacrylic acid and polyvalent thiomethacrylic acid ester compounds; methyl acrylate, methyl methacrylate, benzyl methacrylate, methacrylic acid Acrylic acid and methacrylic acid ester compounds such as 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate; fumaric acid ester compounds such as diethyl fumarate and diphenyl fumarate; thioacrylic acid and thiomethacrylic acid such as methylthioacrylate, benzylthioacrylate, and benzylthiomethacrylate Ester compounds; vinyl compounds such as styrene, chlorostyrene, methylstyrene, vinylnaphthalene, α-methylstyrene dimer, bromostyrene, and the like. These can be used singly or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount is appropriately determined according to the intended use.
 本発明のクロメン化合物を上記高分子固体マトリックス中へ分散させる方法としては特に制限はなく、一般的な手法を用いることができる。例えば、上記熱可塑性樹脂とクロメン化合物を溶融状態にて混練して樹脂中に分散させる方法、又は上記重合性単量体にクロメン化合物を溶解させた後、重合触媒を加え、熱又は光にて重合させて樹脂中に分散させる方法、あるいは上記熱可塑性樹脂及び熱硬化性樹脂の表面にクロメン化合物を染色することにより樹脂中に分散させる方法等を挙げることができる。 The method for dispersing the chromene compound of the present invention in the polymer solid matrix is not particularly limited, and a general method can be used. For example, a method in which the thermoplastic resin and chromene compound are kneaded in a molten state and dispersed in the resin, or after dissolving the chromene compound in the polymerizable monomer, a polymerization catalyst is added, and heat or light is applied. Examples thereof include a method of polymerizing and dispersing in a resin, and a method of dispersing in a resin by dyeing a chromene compound on the surface of the thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin.
 本発明のクロメン化合物はフォトクロミック材として広範囲に利用でき、例えば、銀塩感光材に代る各種の記憶材料、複写材料、印刷用感光体、陰極線管用記憶材料、レーザー用感光材料、ホログラフィー用感光材料等の種々の記憶材料として利用できる。その他、本発明のクロメン化合物を用いたフォトクロミック材は、フォトクロミックレンズ材料、光学フィルター材料、ディスプレイ材料、光量計、装飾等の材料としても利用できる。 The chromene compound of the present invention can be widely used as a photochromic material, for example, various kinds of storage materials, copy materials, printing photoreceptors, cathode ray tube storage materials, laser photosensitive materials, and holographic photosensitive materials in place of silver salt photosensitive materials. It can be used as various storage materials. In addition, the photochromic material using the chromene compound of the present invention can also be used as a material for photochromic lens materials, optical filter materials, display materials, light quantity meters, decorations, and the like.
 例えば、フォトクロミックレンズに使用する場合、均一な調光性能が得られる方法であれば、特に制限がない。具体的に例示すれば、本発明のフォトクロミック材を均一に分散してなるポリマーフィルムをレンズ中にサンドウイッチする方法、本発明のクロメン化合物を前記の重合性単量体中に分散させ、所定の手法により重合する方法、又はこの化合物を、例えば、シリコーンオイル中に溶解し、150~200℃で10~60分かけてレンズ表面に含浸させ、さらに、その表面を硬化性物質で被覆し、フォトクロミックレンズにする方法等がある。さらに、上記ポリマーフィルムをレンズ表面に塗布し、その表面を硬化性物質で被覆し、フォトクロミックレンズにする方法等もある。 For example, when used for a photochromic lens, there is no particular limitation as long as it is a method capable of obtaining uniform light control performance. Specifically, a method of sandwiching a polymer film formed by uniformly dispersing the photochromic material of the present invention in a lens, a chromene compound of the present invention dispersed in the polymerizable monomer, A method of polymerizing by this method, or this compound is dissolved in, for example, silicone oil, impregnated on the lens surface over 10 to 60 minutes at 150 to 200 ° C., and further, the surface is coated with a curable substance, and photochromic There is a method of using a lens. Further, there is a method of applying the polymer film to the lens surface and coating the surface with a curable substance to form a photochromic lens.
 本発明のクロメン化合物を含有する重合硬化性組成物からなるコーティング剤を、レンズ基材の表面に塗布し、塗膜を硬化させてもよい。このとき、レンズ基材には予めアルカリ性溶液による表面処理又はプラズマ処理等の表面処理を施してもよく、さらに(これら表面処理と併せて又はこれら表面処理を行なわずに)、基材とコート膜との密着性を向上させるためにプライマーを施用することもできる。 A coating agent made of a polymerization curable composition containing the chromene compound of the present invention may be applied to the surface of the lens substrate to cure the coating film. At this time, the lens substrate may be subjected to a surface treatment such as a surface treatment with an alkaline solution or a plasma treatment in advance, and further (with or without these surface treatments), the substrate and the coating film. A primer can also be applied in order to improve the adhesion to the substrate.
 以下、実施例によって本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。
[実施例1]
EXAMPLES Hereinafter, although an Example demonstrates this invention further in detail, this invention is not limited to these Examples.
[Example 1]
 構造式(23)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
        
のナフトール誘導体1.20g(2.3ミリモル)と、構造式(24)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
        
のプロパルギルアルコール誘導体0.80g(3.0ミリモル)とを、トルエン70mlに溶解し、さらに、p‐トルエンスルホン酸0.022gを添加し、加熱還流下、1時間攪拌した。
反応後、溶媒を除去し、シリカゲル上でのクロマトグラフィーにより精製して、白色粉末状の生成物1.33を得た。収率は75%であった。
Structural formula (23)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039

Naphthol derivative of 1.20 g (2.3 mmol) and structural formula (24)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040

The propargyl alcohol derivative (0.80 g, 3.0 mmol) was dissolved in 70 ml of toluene, 0.022 g of p-toluenesulfonic acid was further added, and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour while heating under reflux.
After the reaction, the solvent was removed and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel to obtain 1.33 as a white powder product. The yield was 75%.
 この生成物の元素分析値は、C 84.01%、H 7.64%、O 8.35%(酸素の分析値は、100%から他の元素の分析値を引き算することで算出した)であり、C5458О4の計算値であるC 84.12%、H 7.58%、O 8.30%と極めて良く一致した。 The elemental analysis values of this product are C 84.01%, H 7.64%, O 8.35% (the analysis value of oxygen was calculated by subtracting the analysis value of other elements from 100%), and C 54 H The calculated values of 58 О 4 were in good agreement with C 84.12%, H 7.58% and O 8.30%.
 また、プロトン核磁気共鳴スペクトルを測定したところ、1.0~3.0ppm付近にテトラメチルシクロヘキサン環のメチルプロトン、アダマンタン環のプロトン及びメチレンプロトンに基づく33Hのピーク、δ2.3~4.5ppm付近にメトキシ基のメチルプロトンに基づく9Hのピーク、δ5.6~9.0ppm付近にアロマティックなプロトン及びアルケンのプロトンに基づく16Hのピークを示した。 The proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was measured, and the peak of 33H based on the methyl proton of the tetramethylcyclohexane ring, the proton of the adamantane ring and the methylene proton was around 1.0 to 3.0 ppm, and the vicinity of δ 2.3 to 4.5 ppm. Shows a peak of 9H based on the methyl proton of the methoxy group, and a peak of 16H based on the aromatic proton and the alkene proton in the vicinity of δ5.6-9.0 ppm.
 さらに13C‐核磁気共鳴スペクトルを測定したところ、δ110~160 ppm付近に芳香環の炭素に基づくピーク、δ20~60ppmにアルキルの炭素に基づくピークを示した。 Further, when 13 C-nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was measured, a peak based on carbon of an aromatic ring was observed around δ110 to 160 ppm, and a peak based on alkyl carbon was observed at δ20 to 60 ppm.
 上記の結果から、生成物は下記構造式(25)で示される化合物であることが確認された。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
       
[実施例2~12]
From the above results, it was confirmed that the product was a compound represented by the following structural formula (25).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041

[Examples 2 to 12]
 実施例1と同様にして、表1‐1~1‐3(実施例2~12)に示すクロメン化合物を合成した。得られた生成物について、実施例1と同様の構造確認の手段を用いて構造解析を行った結果、表1‐1~1‐3に示す構造式を有する化合物であることが確認された。 In the same manner as in Example 1, chromene compounds shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-3 (Examples 2 to 12) were synthesized. The obtained product was subjected to structural analysis using the same structure confirmation means as in Example 1. As a result, it was confirmed that the product was a compound having the structural formula shown in Tables 1-1 to 1-3.
 また、表2に、これらの化合物の元素分析値、各化合物の構造式から求めた計算値及び1H-NMRスペクトルの特徴的なスペクトルを示した。 Table 2 shows elemental analysis values of these compounds, calculated values obtained from the structural formulas of the respective compounds, and characteristic spectra of 1 H-NMR spectra.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
[実施例13~24]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
[Examples 13 to 24]
 コーティング法により作製したフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズの物性評価
 上記実施例で得られたクロメン化合物を、光重合開始剤及び重合性単量体と混合した後、レンズ基材表面に塗布し、紫外線を照射して重合させ、レンズ基材表面に塗膜を形成した。
Evaluation of physical properties of photochromic plastic lens produced by coating method The chromene compound obtained in the above example was mixed with a photopolymerization initiator and a polymerizable monomer, and then applied to the surface of the lens substrate and irradiated with ultraviolet rays. Polymerization was performed to form a coating film on the surface of the lens substrate.
 フォトクロミック硬化性組成物としては、ラジカル重合性単量体として、2,2‐ビス(4‐メタクリロイルオキシペンタエトキシフェニル)プロパン/ポリエチレングリコールジアクリレート(平均分子量532)/トリメチロールプロパントリメタクリレート/ポリエステルオリゴマーヘキサアクリレート(ダイセルユーシービー(株)製、EB-1830)/グリシジルメタクリレート混合物(配合割合:50質量部/10質量部/10質量部/10質量部/10質量部)を使用した。このラジカル重合性単量体混合物90質量部に対して、実施例1で得られたクロメン化合物1質量部を添加し、十分に混合した後、光重合開始剤であるCGI 1800[1‐ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトンとビス(2,6‐ジメトキシベンゾイル)‐2,4,4‐トリメチル‐ペンチルホスフィンオキサイドの混合物(重量比3:1)]0.3質量部、安定剤であるビス(1,2,2,6,6‐ペンタメチル‐4‐ピペリジル)セバケート5質量部、エチレンビス(オキシエチレン)ビス[3‐(5‐tert‐ブチル‐4‐ヒドロキシ‐m‐トリル)プロピオネート]3質量部、シランカップリング剤であるγ‐メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン7質量部、及びN‐メチルジエタノールアミン3質量部を添加し、さらに十分に混合して、フォトクロミック硬化性組成物とした。 As a photochromic curable composition, 2,2-bis (4-methacryloyloxypentaethoxyphenyl) propane / polyethylene glycol diacrylate (average molecular weight 532) / trimethylolpropane trimethacrylate / polyester oligomer is used as a radical polymerizable monomer. Hexaacrylate (Daicel UCB Co., Ltd., EB-1830) / glycidyl methacrylate mixture (mixing ratio: 50 parts by mass / 10 parts by mass / 10 parts by mass / 10 parts by mass) was used. To 90 parts by mass of this radical polymerizable monomer mixture, 1 part by mass of the chromene compound obtained in Example 1 was added and mixed thoroughly, and then CGI 1800 [1-hydroxycyclohexyl, a photopolymerization initiator, was added. Mixture of phenyl ketone and bis (2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide (weight ratio 3: 1)] 0.3 parts by mass, stabilizer bis (1,2, 2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate 5 parts by mass, ethylenebis (oxyethylene) bis [3- (5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-m-tolyl) propionate] 3 parts by mass, silane cup Add 7 parts by mass of γ-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane as a ring agent and 3 parts by mass of N-methyldiethanolamine. The resulting cured composition.
 続いて、前記方法で得られたフォトクロミック硬化性組成物約2gを、MIKASA製スピンコーター1H-DX2を用いて、レンズ基材(CR39:アリル樹脂プラスチックレンズ;屈折率=1.50)の表面にスピンコートした。表面がコートされたレンズに、窒素ガス雰囲気において、出力120 mW/cm2のメタルハライドランプを用いて3分間照射し、硬化された高分子膜(クロメン化合物が分散している)で被覆された光学物品(フォトクロミックプラスチックレンズ)を作製した(高分子膜の厚さ:40μm)。 Subsequently, about 2 g of the photochromic curable composition obtained by the above method was spin-coated on the surface of a lens substrate (CR39: allyl resin plastic lens; refractive index = 1.50) using a MIKASA spin coater 1H-DX2. did. Optics coated with a cured polymer film (dispersed chromene compound) by irradiating the surface-coated lens with a metal halide lamp with an output of 120 mW / cm 2 in a nitrogen gas atmosphere for 3 minutes. An article (photochromic plastic lens) was produced (polymer film thickness: 40 μm).
 得られたフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズについて、下記のフォトクロミック特性を評価した。 The following photochromic characteristics were evaluated for the obtained photochromic plastic lens.
 [1]極大吸収波長(λmax):大塚電子工業(株)製の分光光度計(瞬間マルチチャンネルフォトディテクター MCPD3000)により求めた発色後の極大吸収波長であり、発色時の色調の指標とした。該極大吸収波長は、発色時の色調に関係する。 [1] Maximum absorption wavelength (λmax): The maximum absorption wavelength after color development determined with a spectrophotometer (instant multichannel photodetector MCPD3000) manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd., and used as an index of color tone during color development. The maximum absorption wavelength is related to the color tone at the time of color development.
 [2]発色濃度(A0):前記極大吸収波長における、120秒間光照射した後の吸光度ε(120)と光未照射状態の吸光度ε(0)との差であり、発色濃度の指標とした。この値が高いほどフォトクロミック性が優れているといえる。 [2] Color density (A 0 ): the difference between the absorbance ε (120) after 120 seconds of light irradiation at the maximum absorption wavelength and the absorbance ε (0) in the non-light-irradiated state. did. It can be said that the higher this value, the better the photochromic properties.
 [3]ダブルピーク性(AY/AB):黄色(430 nm~530 nmに最大吸収波長を有する)の発色濃度(AY:λmaxの値)と青色(550 nm~650 nmに最大吸収波長を有する)の発色濃度(AB:λmaxの値)との比であり、ダブルピーク性の指標とした。 [3] Double peak property (A Y / A B ): yellow (having a maximum absorption wavelength from 430 nm to 530 nm) color density (A Y : value of λ max ) and blue (maximum from 550 nm to 650 nm) The ratio of the absorption wavelength) to the color density (A B : value of λ max ), and used as an index of double peak property.
 [4]退色半減期(τ1/2(秒)):120秒間光照射後、光の照射を止めたときに、試料の前記極大吸収波長における吸光度が{ε(120)-ε(0)}の1/2まで低下するのに要する時間であり、退色速度の指標とした。この時間が短いほど退色速度が速い。 [4] Fading half-life (τ1 / 2 (seconds)): After light irradiation for 120 seconds, when the light irradiation is stopped, the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength of the sample is {ε (120) −ε (0)} This is the time required to decrease to 1/2 of this value, and was used as an index for fading speed. The shorter the time, the faster the fading speed.
 [5]吸収端(λ0):前記条件にて得られたフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズを試料として、これを一昼夜暗所にて保存した後、室温にて、紫外可視分光光度計(Shimadzu, UV-2550)を用いて、300 nm~800 nmまでの紫外光の透過率(T%)を測定する。得られた紫外光吸収曲線の透過率(T%)が50%となる点を通るように、該紫外光吸収曲線に対して接線を引き、その接線の透過率(T%)が0となる吸収波長の吸収端(紫外光スペクトルの吸収端)を求め、初期着色の指標とした。例えば、メガネレンズのような光学物品においては、この値が低いほど初期着色が低く、光未照射状態の透明性が高い。 [5] Absorption edge (λ 0 ): The photochromic plastic lens obtained under the above conditions was used as a sample, and this was stored in a dark place all day and night, and then at room temperature, an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, UV-2550) ) To measure the transmittance (T%) of ultraviolet light from 300 nm to 800 nm. A tangent line is drawn with respect to the ultraviolet light absorption curve so that the transmittance (T%) of the obtained ultraviolet light absorption curve is 50%, and the transmittance (T%) of the tangential line becomes zero. The absorption edge of the absorption wavelength (absorption edge of the ultraviolet light spectrum) was determined and used as an index for initial coloring. For example, in an optical article such as an eyeglass lens, the lower this value, the lower the initial coloration and the higher the transparency in the non-irradiated state.
 [6]サーモクロミズム(T0):前記条件にて得られたフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズを試料として、室温にて、紫外可視分光光度計(Shimadzu, UV-2550)を用いて、300 nmから800 nmまでの透過率(T%)を測定する。430 nm~650 nmの範囲にある透過率が極小値をとる波長における透過率を求め、初期着色の指標とした。この値が大きいほど初期着色が小さく、光未照射状態の透明性が高い。 [6] Thermochromism (T 0 ): from 300 nm to 800 nm using a photochromic plastic lens obtained under the above conditions as a sample at room temperature using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Shimadzu, UV-2550) Measure the transmittance (T%). The transmittance at a wavelength where the transmittance in the range of 430 nm to 650 nm takes a minimum value was determined and used as an index for initial coloring. The larger this value, the smaller the initial coloration and the higher the transparency when not irradiated with light.
 [7]残存率(A50/A0×100):得られたフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズをスガ試験器(株)製キセノンウェザーメーターX25により50時間促進劣化させる。その後、前記発色濃度の評価を試験の前後で行い、試験前の発色濃度(A0)及び試験後の発色濃度(A50)を測定し、その比(A50/A0)を残存率とし、発色の耐久性の指標とした。残存率が高いほど発色の耐久性が高い。 [7] Residual rate (A 50 / A 0 × 100): The obtained photochromic plastic lens is accelerated and deteriorated by a xenon weather meter X25 manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. for 50 hours. Thereafter, the color density was evaluated before and after the test, the color density (A 0 ) before the test and the color density (A 50 ) after the test were measured, and the ratio (A 50 / A 0 ) was defined as the residual rate. It was used as an index of color durability. The higher the remaining rate, the higher the durability of coloring.
 [8]発色感度〔ε(10)/ε(120)〕: 前記条件にて得られたフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズを試料として、120秒間光照射後の発色濃度{ε(120)}と10秒間光照射後の発色濃度{ε(10)}との比を算出し、発色感度の指標とした。この値が大きいほど、光照射に短い時間で濃く発色する。 [8] Color development sensitivity [ε (10) / ε (120)]: Using the photochromic plastic lens obtained under the above conditions as a sample, the color density {ε (120)} after light irradiation for 120 seconds and light irradiation for 10 seconds The ratio with the subsequent color density {ε (10)} was calculated and used as an index of color development sensitivity. The larger this value, the deeper the color developed in a shorter time for light irradiation.
 実施例1のクロメン化合物を使用したフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズについて得られたフォトクロミック特性の結果を表3にまとめた。 Table 3 summarizes the results of the photochromic properties obtained for the photochromic plastic lens using the chromene compound of Example 1.
 また、フォトクロミック化合物として、実施例2~12で得られたクロメン化合物を使用し、上記実施例1のクロメン化合物を使用するフォトクロミックレンズの作製法と同様にして、フォトクロミックプラスチックレンズを作製し、そのフォトクロミック特性を評価した。その結果を、合わせて表3に示す。なお、表3において、「化合物No.」は、当該化合物を調製した実施例の番号に相当する(例えば、「化合物No. 1」は、実施例1で調製したのロメン化合物である)。 Further, as the photochromic compound, the chromene compound obtained in Examples 2 to 12 was used, and a photochromic plastic lens was produced in the same manner as the photochromic lens production method using the chromene compound of Example 1 above. Characteristics were evaluated. The results are shown in Table 3. In Table 3, “Compound No.” corresponds to the number of the Example in which the compound was prepared (for example, “Compound No. 1” is the lomen compound prepared in Example 1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 比較例1~6
 比較のため、上述の特許文献3~5に記載された構造式(A)~(C)のフォトクロミック化合物及び構造式(D)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
       
、構造式(E)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
       
、構造式(F)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

       
の各フォトクロミック化合物を用いて、実施例と同様にして、フォトクロミックプラスチックレンズを作製し、各レンズのフォトクロミック特性を評価した。得られた結果を表4に示す(表4において、使用したフォクロミック化合物を、化合物No. A~Fで示す)。
Comparative Examples 1-6
For comparison, the photochromic compounds represented by the structural formulas (A) to (C) and the structural formula (D) described in Patent Documents 3 to 5 described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

Structural formula (E)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

Structural formula (F)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049


Using each photochromic compound, a photochromic plastic lens was produced in the same manner as in the example, and the photochromic characteristics of each lens were evaluated. The obtained results are shown in Table 4 (in Table 4, the used chromic compounds are indicated by Compound Nos. A to F).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
 これら表3及び4の対比から、下記の事項が理解できる。 From the comparison of Tables 3 and 4, the following matters can be understood.
 本発明のクロメン化合物を用いた実施例13~24(化合物1~12)は、発色濃度の高さ、退色速度の速さ、初期着色の小ささ、繰り返し耐久性の高さを示すと同時に、高いダブルピーク性を示すことが分かる。 Examples 13 to 24 (compounds 1 to 12) using the chromene compound of the present invention showed high color density, high color fading speed, small initial coloration, high repetition durability, It turns out that a high double peak property is shown.
 本発明のクロメン化合物において、ダブルピーク性(AY/AB)が高いものが、グレーやブラウンの色調に調整する際に、一般的に耐久性が低い黄色化合物の使用量を減らすことができる点で好ましい。例えば、AY/ABは、1.00以上が好ましく、1.10以上がより好ましく、1.20以上がさらに好ましく、1.30以上が特に好ましい。 Among the chromene compounds of the present invention, those having a high double peak property (A Y / A B ) can reduce the amount of yellow compounds generally having low durability when adjusting to a gray or brown color tone. This is preferable. For example, A Y / A B is preferably at least 1.00, more preferably 1.10 or more, more preferably 1.20 or more, particularly preferably 1.30 or more.
 退色半減期τ1/2は、40秒以上130秒未満が好ましく、40秒以上100秒未満がより好ましく、40秒以上80秒未満が特に好ましい。 The fading half-life τ1 / 2 is preferably 40 seconds or more and less than 130 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds or more and less than 100 seconds, and particularly preferably 40 seconds or more and less than 80 seconds.
 サーモクロミズムによる透過率は、85%以上が好ましく、87%以上がより好ましく、90%以上が特に好ましい。 The transmittance by thermochromism is preferably 85% or more, more preferably 87% or more, and particularly preferably 90% or more.
 吸収端は、初期着色と発色感度の観点から、400 nm以上420 nm以下が好ましく、405 nm以上420 nm以下がより好ましく、405 nm以上415 nm以下が特に好ましい。 The absorption edge is preferably from 400 nm to 420 nm, more preferably from 405 nm to 420 nm, particularly preferably from 405 nm to 415 nm, from the viewpoint of initial coloring and color development sensitivity.
 一方、比較例1(化合物A)は、ダブルピーク性は高いものの、退色速度が非常に遅く、初期透過率が低く(ブラウンに着色している)、繰り返し耐久性もやや低いという問題を有する。これに対し、本発明の実施例20(化合物8)は、ダブルピーク性を維持しつつ、退色速度も速く、初期透過率も高く、繰り返し耐久性も高いことが分かる。 On the other hand, although Comparative Example 1 (Compound A) has a high double peak property, it has a problem that the fading speed is very slow, the initial transmittance is low (colored brown), and the repetition durability is slightly low. On the other hand, it can be seen that Example 20 (Compound 8) of the present invention maintains a double peak property, has a high fading speed, a high initial transmittance, and a high repetition durability.
 比較例2(化合物B)は、ダブルピーク性が低く、初期透過率が低く(グレーに着色している)、さらに繰り返し耐久性も低いという問題を有する。これに対し、本発明の実施例21(化合物9)は、ダブルピーク性が高く、初期透過率も高く、耐久性も高いことが分かる。 Comparative Example 2 (Compound B) has problems that the double peak property is low, the initial transmittance is low (colored in gray), and the repeated durability is also low. In contrast, Example 21 (Compound 9) of the present invention has a high double peak property, a high initial transmittance, and a high durability.
 比較例3(化合物C)は、ダブルピーク性が高く、繰り返し耐久性にも優れるが、吸収端による初期着色が大きい(吸収端が可視領域にかかっているため黄色に着色している)という問題を有する。これに対し、本発明の実施例22(化合物10)は、ダブルピーク性、繰り返し耐久性を維持しつつ、吸収端による初期着色も小さいことが分かる。 Comparative Example 3 (Compound C) has a high double peak property and excellent repeatability, but has a large initial coloration due to the absorption edge (colored yellow because the absorption edge is in the visible region). Have On the other hand, Example 22 (Compound 10) of the present invention shows that the initial coloring due to the absorption edge is small while maintaining the double peak property and the repeated durability.
 比較例4(化合物D)は、6位にメトキシ基を有するが、5位、7位、9~12位のいずれにも、脂環式環に脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、又は脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基から選ばれる置換基を有していない。この場合、高いダブルピーク性は得られない。 Comparative Example 4 (Compound D) has a methoxy group at the 6-position, but in any of the 5-position, 7-position, and 9-12-position, the alicyclic ring is an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring A fused polycyclic group fused with a ring or an aromatic heterocycle, or a fused polycyclic group fused with an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocycle, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocycle on an aliphatic heterocycle Does not have a substituent. In this case, a high double peak property cannot be obtained.
 比較例5(化合物E)は、5~12位のいずれにも、脂環式環に脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、又は、脂肪族複素環に脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環もしくは芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基から選ばれる置換基を有していない。この場合、高いダブルピーク性は得られない。 Comparative Example 5 (Compound E) is a condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring at any of positions 5 to 12. Alternatively, the aliphatic heterocyclic ring does not have a substituent selected from an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring or a condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocyclic ring is condensed. In this case, a high double peak property cannot be obtained.
 比較例6(化合物F)は、ピラン骨格の7位の炭素との結合が芳香族環となされている。この場合、吸収端による初期着色が大きくなり(吸収端が可視領域にかかっているため黄色に着色している)、高いダブルピーク性は得られない。これに対し、本発明の実施例24(化合物12)は、ダブルピーク性、繰り返し耐久性を維持しつつ、吸収端による初期着色も小さいことが分かる。
[実施例25~38]
In Comparative Example 6 (Compound F), the bond with the 7-position carbon of the pyran skeleton is an aromatic ring. In this case, the initial coloring by the absorption edge becomes large (it is colored yellow because the absorption edge is in the visible region), and high double peak property cannot be obtained. On the other hand, it can be seen that Example 24 (Compound 12) of the present invention has a small initial coloring due to the absorption edge while maintaining the double peak property and the repeated durability.
[Examples 25 to 38]
 実施例1と同様にして表5に示したクロメン化合物を合成した。得られた生成物のクロメン化合物について、実施例1と同様にして構造解析した結果、表5に示す構造式で示される化合物であることを確認した。表6には、各実施例で得られたクロメン化合物の元素分析値と1H-NMRスペクトル値を示した。表6において、化合物No. 25~38は、それぞれ、実施例25~38で得られたクロメン化合物である。 The chromene compounds shown in Table 5 were synthesized in the same manner as in Example 1. The structure of the resulting chromene compound was analyzed in the same manner as in Example 1. As a result, it was confirmed that it was a compound represented by the structural formula shown in Table 5. Table 6 shows the elemental analysis values and 1H-NMR spectrum values of the chromene compounds obtained in each Example. In Table 6, Compound Nos. 25 to 38 are chromene compounds obtained in Examples 25 to 38, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
[実施例39~52]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
[Examples 39 to 52]
 クロメン化合物として実施例25~38で得られた化合物を用いた以外は、実施例12と同様の方法によりフォトクロミックプラスチックレンズを製造し、その特性を評価した。その結果をまとめて表7に示した。表7中の化合物No. 25~38は、それぞれ、実施例25~38で得られたクロメン化合物である。 A photochromic plastic lens was produced in the same manner as in Example 12 except that the compounds obtained in Examples 25 to 38 were used as the chromene compound, and the characteristics thereof were evaluated. The results are summarized in Table 7. Compound Nos. 25 to 38 in Table 7 are chromene compounds obtained in Examples 25 to 38, respectively.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 以下に、構造式(7)で表わされるナフトール化合物の実施例を例示する。
[実施例53]
Examples of the naphthol compound represented by the structural formula (7) are illustrated below.
[Example 53]
 実施例1において使用する構造式(23)のナフトール誘導体の調製
 マグネシウム5.2g(214.0ミリモル)をテトラヒドロフラン230 mlに加え、55℃に昇温した。上述の構造式(17)のベンゼン誘導体65g(188.0ミリモル)のテトラヒドロフラン(230 ml)溶液を、先の溶液に滴下し、Grignard試薬を調製した。得られたGrignard試薬を-78℃に冷却し、ベンゾイルクロライド29.8g(214.0ミリモル)のテトラヒドロフラン(230 ml)溶液を滴下した。滴下終了後、室温まで昇温し、3時間攪拌した。反応後、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去し、メタノールでの再結晶によって精製をして、下記構造式(26)
       
のベンゾフェノン誘導体42.3g(122.2ミリモル)を白色固体として得た(収率:65%)。
Preparation of Naphthol Derivative of Structural Formula (23) Used in Example 1 5.2 g (214.0 mmol) of magnesium was added to 230 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and the temperature was raised to 55 ° C. A solution of 65 g (188.0 mmol) of the benzene derivative of the above structural formula (17) in tetrahydrofuran (230 ml) was added dropwise to the previous solution to prepare a Grignard reagent. The obtained Grignard reagent was cooled to −78 ° C., and a solution of 29.8 g (214.0 mmol) of benzoyl chloride in tetrahydrofuran (230 ml) was added dropwise. After completion of the dropwise addition, the temperature was raised to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. After the reaction, the product is washed with water, the solvent is removed, and the product is purified by recrystallization with methanol. The following structural formula (26)

Of benzophenone was obtained as a white solid (yield: 65%).
 前記構造式(26)のベンゾフェノン誘導体42.3g(122.2ミリモル)、コハク酸ジエチル24.5g(140.5ミリモル)を、テトラヒドロフラン200 mlに溶解し、55℃に昇温した。この溶液に、カリウム‐t‐ブトキシド15.7g(140.5ミリモル)のテトラヒドロフラン(400 ml)溶液を滴下し、1時間攪拌した。反応後、トルエン200 mlを加え、濃塩酸、次いで、酢酸エチル200 mlを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去して、下記構造式(27)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057

        
の化合物58.0g(122.2ミリモル)をオレンジ色オイルとして得た(収率:100%)。
42.3 g (122.2 mmol) of the benzophenone derivative of the structural formula (26) and 24.5 g (140.5 mmol) of diethyl succinate were dissolved in 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran, and the temperature was raised to 55 ° C. To this solution, a solution of potassium tert-butoxide 15.7 g (140.5 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (400 ml) was added dropwise and stirred for 1 hour. After the reaction, 200 ml of toluene was added, concentrated hydrochloric acid and then 200 ml of ethyl acetate were added, washed with water, the solvent was removed, and the following structural formula (27)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057


58.0 g (122.2 mmol) of was obtained as an orange oil (yield: 100%).
 前記構造式(27)の化合物58.0g(122.2ミリモル)、酢酸ナトリウム10.1g(122.2ミリモル)及び無水酢酸62.4g(608.5ミリモル)をトルエン200 mlに溶解し、3時間還流した。反応後、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去し、酢酸エチル及びアセトニトリルでの再結晶によって精製して、下記構造式(28)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
        
の化合物14.0g(28.1ミリモル)を、黄色固体として得た(収率:23%)。
58.0 g (122.2 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (27), 10.1 g (122.2 mmol) of sodium acetate and 62.4 g (608.5 mmol) of acetic anhydride were dissolved in 200 ml of toluene and refluxed for 3 hours. After the reaction, it is washed with water, the solvent is removed, and the product is purified by recrystallization with ethyl acetate and acetonitrile to obtain the following structural formula (28).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058

14.0 g (28.1 mmol) of was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 23%).
 前記構造式(28)の化合物14.0g(28.1ミリモル)をメタノール75mlに分散した。この溶液に水酸化ナトリウム6.7g(168.6ミリモル)の水溶液80mlを加え、3時間還流した。反応後、濃塩酸、次いで、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去し、トルエンにて再度懸濁化することによって精製して、下記構造式(29)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
       
のカルボン酸誘導体11.4g(26.7ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:95%)。
14.0 g (28.1 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (28) was dispersed in 75 ml of methanol. To this solution, 80 ml of an aqueous solution of 6.7 g (168.6 mmol) of sodium hydroxide was added and refluxed for 3 hours. After the reaction, the mixture is washed with concentrated hydrochloric acid and then with water, the solvent is removed, and the residue is purified again by suspending in toluene. The following structural formula (29)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059

11.4 g (26.7 mmol) of the carboxylic acid derivative was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 95%).
 前記構造式(29)のカルボン酸誘導体11.4g(26.7ミリモル)及び塩化ベンジル7.4g(58.7ミリモル)をN,N‐ジメチルホルムアミド150 mlに溶解した。この溶液に、炭酸カリウム9.2g(66.8ミリモル)を加え、60℃に昇温し、3時間攪拌した。反応後、トルエン200 mlを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去して、下記構造式(30)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
       
の化合物15.9g(26.2ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:98%)。
11.4 g (26.7 mmol) of the carboxylic acid derivative of the structural formula (29) and 7.4 g (58.7 mmol) of benzyl chloride were dissolved in 150 ml of N, N-dimethylformamide. To this solution, 9.2 g (66.8 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added, and the temperature was raised to 60 ° C. and stirred for 3 hours. After the reaction, 200 ml of toluene was added, washed with water, the solvent was removed, and the following structural formula (30)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060

15.9 g (26.2 mmol) of the above compound was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 98%).
 前記構造式(30)の化合物15.9g(26.2ミリモル)を、イソプロピルアルコール200 mlに分散した。この溶液に、水酸化ナトリウム31.4g(786.0ミリモル)の水溶液180 mlを加え、3時間還流した。反応後、トルエン200 mlを加え、濃塩酸、次いで、テトラヒドロフラン200 mlを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去し、トルエンにて再度懸濁化することによって精製して、下記構造式(31)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
       
のカルボン酸誘導体13.3g(25.7ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:98%)。
15.9 g (26.2 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (30) was dispersed in 200 ml of isopropyl alcohol. To this solution, 180 ml of an aqueous solution of 31.4 g (786.0 mmol) of sodium hydroxide was added and refluxed for 3 hours. After the reaction, 200 ml of toluene was added, concentrated hydrochloric acid and then 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran were added, washed with water, the solvent was removed, and the residue was purified again by suspending in toluene. The following structural formula (31)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061

13.3 g (25.7 mmol) of the carboxylic acid derivative was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 98%).
 前記構造式(31)のカルボン酸誘導体13.3g(25.7ミリモル)を、トルエン180 mlに分散した。この溶液に、トリエチルアミン7.8g(77.1ミリモル)及びジフェニルホスホリルアジド9.2g(33.4ミリモル)を加え、室温で2時間攪拌した。この溶液に、エタノール5.9g(128.5ミリモル)を加えて、70℃で2時間反応させた。この溶液に、エタノール75mlを加え、次いで、水酸化カリウム14.4g(257.0ミリモル)を加えて、3時間還流した。反応後、エタノールを常圧留去し、テトラヒドロフラン200 mlを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去して、下記構造式(32)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
       
の化合物11.6g(23.6ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:92%)。
13.3 g (25.7 mmol) of the carboxylic acid derivative of the structural formula (31) was dispersed in 180 ml of toluene. To this solution, 7.8 g (77.1 mmol) of triethylamine and 9.2 g (33.4 mmol) of diphenylphosphoryl azide were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To this solution, 5.9 g (128.5 mmol) of ethanol was added and reacted at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. To this solution, 75 ml of ethanol was added, and then 14.4 g (257.0 mmol) of potassium hydroxide was added and refluxed for 3 hours. After the reaction, ethanol was distilled off at normal pressure, 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran was added, washed with water, the solvent was removed, and the following structural formula (32)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062

11.6 g (23.6 mmol) of the compound was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 92%).
 前記構造式(32)の化合物11.6g(23.6ミリモル)を、アセトニトリル150 mlに分散し、6%塩酸水溶液101.3g(116.8ミリモル)を加え、0℃~5℃に冷却した。この溶液に、33%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液7.3g(35.4ミリモル)を加え、30分攪拌した。この溶液に50%ヨウ化カリウム水溶液19.6g(118.0ミリモル)を加え、室温で6時間攪拌した。反応後、トルエンを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去し、カラムクロマトグラフ法により精製して、下記構造式(33)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
       
の化合物10.6g(17.7ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:75%)。
11.6 g (23.6 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (32) was dispersed in 150 ml of acetonitrile, 101.3 g (116.8 mmol) of 6% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution was added, and the mixture was cooled to 0 ° C. to 5 ° C. To this solution, 7.3 g (35.4 mmol) of 33% sodium nitrite aqueous solution was added and stirred for 30 minutes. To this solution was added 19.6 g (118.0 mmol) of a 50% aqueous potassium iodide solution, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. After the reaction, toluene is added, washed with water, the solvent is removed, and purified by column chromatography to obtain the following structural formula (33)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063

Of the compound as a yellow solid (yield: 75%).
 前記構造式(32)の化合物10.6g(17.7ミリモル)を、トルエン370 mlに分散し、-50℃に冷却した。この溶液に、n‐ブチルリチウム(1.6Mへキサン溶液)12.2 ml(19.5ミリモル)を滴下し、30分攪拌した。この溶液に、3,3,5,5‐テトラメチルシクロへキサノン3.4g(22.2ミリモル)のトルエン溶液7.0gを滴下し、0℃において3時間攪拌した。反応後、トルエンを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去した後、メタノールにて再度懸濁化することによって精製して、下記構造式(34)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
       
の化合物6.7g(10.6ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:60%)。
10.6 g (17.7 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (32) was dispersed in 370 ml of toluene and cooled to −50 ° C. To this solution, 12.2 ml (19.5 mmol) of n-butyllithium (1.6M hexane solution) was added dropwise and stirred for 30 minutes. To this solution, 7.0 g of a toluene solution of 3.4 g (22.2 mmol) of 3,3,5,5-tetramethylcyclohexanone was added dropwise and stirred at 0 ° C. for 3 hours. After the reaction, toluene was added, washed with water, the solvent was removed, and the residue was purified again by suspending in methanol to obtain the following structural formula (34).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064

6.7 g (10.6 mmol) of the above compound was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 60%).
 前記構造式(34)の化合物6.7g(10.6ミリモル)を、テトラヒドロフラン150 mlに溶解し、ギ酸アンモニウム2.7g(42.4ミリモル)、5%炭化パラジウム2.2gを加え、室温において8時間攪拌した。反応後、トルエン50mlを加え、水で洗浄し、溶媒を留去した後、トルエンにて再度懸濁化することによって精製して、下記構造式(35)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
       
の化合物5.4g(10.0ミリモル)を黄色固体として得た(収率:94%)。
6.7 g (10.6 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (34) was dissolved in 150 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 2.7 g (42.4 mmol) of ammonium formate, and 2.2 g of 5% palladium carbide were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. . After the reaction, 50 ml of toluene was added, washed with water, the solvent was distilled off, and then purified by suspending again with toluene to obtain the following structural formula (35).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065

5.4 g (10.0 mmol) of the compound was obtained as a yellow solid (yield: 94%).
 前記構造式(35)の化合物5.4g(10.0ミリモル)を、トルエン120 mlに溶解し、90℃に昇温した。この溶液に、p‐トルエンスルホン酸一水和物57.6g(303.0ミリモル)を加え、4時間還流した。反応後、水で洗浄し、溶媒を除去した後、トルエンにて再度懸濁化することによって精製して、上記構造式(23)のナフトール化合物3.9g(7.5ミリモル)を、白色固体として得た(収率:75%)。
 この生成物の元素分析値はC:85.42%、H:8.55%、O:6.03%であって、C3744 
5.4 g (10.0 mmol) of the compound of the structural formula (35) was dissolved in 120 ml of toluene and heated to 90 ° C. To this solution, 57.6 g (303.0 mmol) of p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate was added and refluxed for 4 hours. After the reaction, it was washed with water, the solvent was removed, and the residue was purified again by suspending in toluene to obtain 3.9 g (7.5 mmol) of the naphthol compound of the above structural formula (23) as a white solid. (Yield: 75%).
The elemental analysis values of this product were C: 85.42%, H: 8.55%, O: 6.03%, and C 37 H 44
2の計算値であるC:85.34%、H:8.52%、O:6.14%に良く一致した。 The calculated values of O 2 agreed well with C: 85.34%, H: 8.52%, and O: 6.14%.
 また、プロトン核磁気共鳴スペクトルを測定したところ、δ0.5~4.5ppm付近にアルキル基に基づく36Hのピーク、δ5.0~9.0ppm付近にヒドロキシル基及び芳香環プロトンに基づく8Hのピークを示した。 In addition, when the proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was measured, a peak of 36H based on the alkyl group was found around δ 0.5 to 4.5 ppm, and a peak of 8H based on the hydroxyl group and aromatic ring proton was found around δ 5.0 to 9.0 ppm. Indicated.
 さらに、13C‐核磁気共鳴スペクトルを測定したところ、δ110~160 ppm付近に芳香環の炭素に基づくピーク、δ20~80ppmにアルキル基、アルコキシ基の炭素に基づくピークを示した。 Further, when the 13 C-nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum was measured, a peak based on carbon of the aromatic ring was observed around δ110 to 160 ppm, and a peak based on carbon of the alkyl group and alkoxy group was observed at δ20 to 80 ppm.
 前記の結果から、単離生成物は構造式(23)のナフトール化合物であることを確認した。
[実施例54~78]
From the above results, it was confirmed that the isolated product was a naphthol compound of the structural formula (23).
[Examples 54 to 78]
 実施例53と同様にして、下記の表8に示すナフトール化合物を合成した。得られた生成物について、実施例53と同様の構造同定手段を用いて構造解析した結果、実施例2~12及び実施例25~38のクロメン化合物の合成において使用されたナフトール誘導体であることが確認された。表8には、これらのナフトール化合物の元素分析値、各化合物の構造式から求めた計算値及び1H-NMRスペクトルの特徴的なスペクトルを示した。 In the same manner as in Example 53, naphthol compounds shown in Table 8 below were synthesized. As a result of structural analysis of the obtained product using the same structure identification means as in Example 53, it was found that it was a naphthol derivative used in the synthesis of the chromene compounds of Examples 2 to 12 and Examples 25 to 38. confirmed. Table 8 shows elemental analysis values of these naphthol compounds, calculated values obtained from the structural formulas of the respective compounds, and characteristic spectra of 1 H-NMR spectra.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067

Claims (17)

  1.  構造式(1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
          
    のインデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格を基本骨格として有するクロメン化合物であって、前記インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の5~12位の炭素原子の少なくとも1つが、前記インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及び前記インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる置換基を、炭素‐炭素結合を介して有していることを特徴とするクロメン化合物。
    Structural formula (1)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    A chromene compound having an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton as a basic skeleton, wherein the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton In the alicyclic ring in which at least one of the carbon atoms at the 5th to 12th positions has a bonding site with the carbon atom of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton, A ring, an aliphatic heterocycle, an aromatic ring or a condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic heterocycle, and a bond to a carbon atom of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton A substituent selected from the group consisting of an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring, or a condensed polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic heterocyclic ring is bonded to a carbon-carbon bond to the aliphatic heterocyclic ring in which the moiety is present. A chromene compound characterized by comprising
  2.  一般式(2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
          
    〔式中、
     R1及びR2は、インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基、及びピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に、脂環式環、脂肪族複素環、芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基からなる群から選ばれる基であって、炭素‐炭素結合を介してインデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格に結合する基であり、
     R1'及びR2'は、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基であり、
     R4及びR5は、それぞれ独立に、一般式(3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
          
    (式中、R8は、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり;R9は、水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子であり;mは1~3の整数である)で表される基、一般式(4)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
           
    (式中、R10は、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基であり;nは1~3の整数である)で表される基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、又はアルキル基であるか、又はR4及びR5は、互いに結合して、脂環式環を形成し、
     R6及びR7は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子が13位の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基であるか、又はR6及びR7は、インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の13位の炭素原子と共に、互いに一緒になって、炭素数が3~20である、脂環式環基又は脂環式環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環、又は炭素数が3~20である、複素環基又は複素環に芳香族環又は芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環を形成し、
     a、b、c及びdは、それぞれ、0~4の整数であり、ただし、a+b=1~8、a+c=4、b+d=4であり、
     aが2以上である場合、R1は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
     bが2以上である場合、R2は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
     cが2以上である場合、R1'は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
     dが2以上である場合、R2'は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
     a及びbが共に0ではない場合、R1及びR2は、互いに、同一又は異なる基であり、
     c及びdが共に0ではない場合、R1'及びR2'は、互いに、同一又は異なる基である]
    で表される請求項1記載のクロメン化合物。
    General formula (2)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    [Where,
    R 1 and R 2 are an alicyclic ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring in the alicyclic ring in which the bonding site to the carbon atom of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton exists. A fused polycyclic group condensed with an aromatic ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, and an aliphatic heterocyclic ring having a bonding site with a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton, an alicyclic ring, an aliphatic heterocyclic ring, an aromatic ring Or a group selected from the group consisting of condensed polycyclic groups condensed with an aromatic heterocycle, which is linked to an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton via a carbon-carbon bond. A bonding group,
    R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are each a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a haloalkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an amino group, a nitrogen atom, and a heterocycle in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton. Cyano group; nitro group; formyl group; hydroxycarbonyl group; alkylcarbonyl group; alkoxycarbonyl group; halogen atom; aralkyl group; aryl group; aralkoxy group; or aryloxy group,
    R 4 and R 5 are each independently represented by the general formula (3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    A group represented by the formula: wherein R 8 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; R 9 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom; m is an integer of 1 to 3; General formula (4)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (Wherein R 10 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; n is an integer of 1 to 3), an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, or an alkyl group, or R 4 and R 5 are bonded to each other to form an alicyclic ring;
    R 6 and R 7 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and the nitrogen atom is directly connected to the carbon atom at the 13th position. Cyano group; nitro group; formyl group; hydroxycarbonyl group; alkylcarbonyl group; alkoxycarbonyl group; halogen atom; aralkyl group; aryl group; aralkoxy group; or aryloxy group, or R 6 And R 7 together with a carbon atom at position 13 of the indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton, together with each other, an alicyclic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms A condensed polycyclic ring condensed with an aromatic ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring on a group or alicyclic ring, or a heterocyclic group or heterocyclic ring having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, condensed with an aromatic ring or aromatic heterocyclic ring Ring Condensed polycyclic was formed,
    a, b, c and d are each an integer of 0 to 4, provided that a + b = 1 to 8, a + c = 4, b + d = 4,
    when a is 2 or more, R 1 are the same or different from each other;
    when b is 2 or more, R 2 are the same or different from each other;
    when c is 2 or more, R 1 ′ are the same or different from each other;
    when d is 2 or more, R 2 ′ is the same or different from each other;
    when both a and b are not 0, R 1 and R 2 are the same or different from each other;
    When c and d are not 0, R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ are the same or different from each other.]
    The chromene compound of Claim 1 represented by these.
  3.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基が、ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、及びビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環でなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数4~20のビシクロ環の基又は1‐アダマンタン環及び2‐アダマンタン環から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数4~20のトリシクロ環の基である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring in which an attachment site to a carbon atom of an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton exists is a bicyclo [2 , 2,1] heptane ring, bicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, bicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, bicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, and bicyclo [4,3,0] A bicyclo ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from the group consisting of nonane rings or a tricyclo ring group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from 1-adamantane ring and 2-adamantane ring The chromene compound according to claim 1 or 2.
  4.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に脂肪族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基が、アザビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、アザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、アザビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、アザビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、オキサビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、オキサビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、オキサビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、オキサビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、チアビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、チアビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、チアビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、及びチアビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数3~20のビシクロ環の基又は1‐アザアダマンタン環、2‐アザアダマンタン環、1‐オキサアダマンタン環、及び1‐チアアダマンタン環から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数3~20のトリシクロ環の基である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocycle is condensed to an alicyclic ring in which an attachment site to a carbon atom of an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton exists is an azabicyclo [2 , 2,1] heptane ring, azabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, azabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, azabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, oxabicyclo [2,2,1] Heptane ring, oxabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, oxabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, oxabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, thiabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, A group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from a thiabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, a thiabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, and a thiabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring Or 1-azaadamantane ring, 2-azaadamantane ring, 1-oxaadamantane ring, and 1-thiaa Is a group of the tricyclo ring of 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring selected from Kalimantan ring, according to claim 1 or 2 chromene compound according.
  5.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基が、ベンゾシクロプロパン環基、ベンゾシクロブタン環基、ベンゾシクロペンタン環基、ベンゾシクロへキサン環基、ベンゾシクロヘプタン環基、及びベンゾシクロオクタン環基からなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数7~30の縮合多環基である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an alicyclic ring in which an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is bonded to a carbon atom is a benzocyclopropane ring. A condensed polycyclic group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from the group consisting of a group, a benzocyclobutane ring group, a benzocyclopentane ring group, a benzocyclohexane ring group, a benzocycloheptane ring group, and a benzocyclooctane ring group The chromene compound according to claim 1 or 2, which is a group.
  6.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂環式環に芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基が、3,4‐シクロペンテノピリジン環基、3,4‐シクロヘプテノピリジン環基、3,4‐シクロオクテノピリジン環基からなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数6~30の縮合多環である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to an alicyclic ring in which an attachment site to a carbon atom of an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton exists is 3,4 A condensed polycyclic ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from the group consisting of a 3-cyclopentenopyridine ring group, a 3,4-cycloheptenopyridine ring group, and a 3,4-cyclooctenopyridine ring group The chromene compound according to claim 1 or 2.
  7.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に脂環式環が縮環した縮合多環基が、アザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環基、オキサビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環基、ヘプタヒドロシクロヘキサ[c]チオフェン環基からなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数3~20の縮合多環である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an alicyclic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle having a bonding site with a carbon atom of an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is represented by an azabicyclo [4 , 3,0] nonane ring group, oxabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring group, heptahydrocyclohexa [c] thiophene ring group, a condensed polyvalent group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from the group consisting of The chromene compound according to claim 1 or 2, which is a ring.
  8.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に脂肪族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基が、ジアザビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ジアザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ジアザビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ジアザビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環、ジオキサビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ジオキサビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ジオキサビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ジオキサビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、ジオキサビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナン環、ジチアビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプタン環、ジチアビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン環、ジチアビシクロ[3,2,1]オクタン環、ジチアビシクロ[3,3,1]ノナン環、2,4,10‐トリアザトリシクロ[3,3,1,13,7]デカンの基からなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数3~20の縮合多環基である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an aliphatic heterocycle is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle having a bonding site with a carbon atom of an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is diazabicyclo [2 , 2,1] heptane ring, diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, diazabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, diazabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring, diazabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane Ring, dioxabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, dioxabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, dioxabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, dioxabicyclo [3,3,1 ] Nonane ring, dioxabicyclo [4,3,0] nonane ring, dithiabicyclo [2,2,1] heptane ring, dithiabicyclo [2,2,2] octane ring, dithiabicyclo [3,2,1] octane ring, Is it a dithiabicyclo [3,3,1] nonane ring or a 2,4,10-triazatricyclo [3,3,1,13,7] decane group? Is a condensed Hajime Tamaki having 3 to 20 carbon atoms constituting the ring selected from the group consisting of, claim 1 or 2 chromene compound according.
  9.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に芳香族環が縮環した縮合多環基が、2‐インドリン環基、2‐クマラン環基、2,3‐ジヒドロベンゾ[c]チオフェン環基からなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数7~30の縮合多環である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A fused polycyclic group in which an aromatic ring is condensed to an aliphatic heterocyclic ring in which an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is bonded to a carbon atom is a 2-indoline ring The chromene according to claim 1 or 2, which is a condensed polycycle having 7 to 30 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from the group consisting of a group, a 2-coumaran ring group, and a 2,3-dihydrobenzo [c] thiophene ring group. Compound.
  10.  インデノ(2,1‐f)ナフト(1,2‐b)ピラン骨格の炭素原子との結合部位が存在する脂肪族複素環に芳香族複素環が縮環した縮合多環基が、2,3‐ジヒドロピロロ[2,3‐b]ピリジン環基、2,3‐ジヒドロフロ[2,3‐b]ピリジン環基、2,3‐ジヒドロチエノ[2,3‐b]ピリジン環基、4,6‐ジヒドロフロ[3,4‐b]フラン基、4,6‐ジヒドロチエノ[3,4‐b]チオフェン基からなる群から選ばれる環を構成する炭素数6~30の縮合多環基である、請求項1又は2記載のクロメン化合物。 A condensed polycyclic group in which an aromatic heterocycle is condensed to an aliphatic heterocycle having a binding site to a carbon atom of an indeno (2,1-f) naphtho (1,2-b) pyran skeleton is -Dihydropyrrolo [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 2,3-dihydrofuro [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 2,3-dihydrothieno [2,3-b] pyridine ring group, 4,6- A condensed polycyclic group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms constituting a ring selected from the group consisting of dihydrofuro [3,4-b] furan group and 4,6-dihydrothieno [3,4-b] thiophene group. The chromene compound according to 1 or 2.
  11.  一般式(5)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
             
    [式中、
     R1、R2、R2'、R4、R5、R6、R7、b及びdは、それぞれ、請求項2に記載のもの と同意義であり、
     R3及びR11は、水素原子;ヒドロキシル基;アルキル基;ハロアルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アルコキシ基;アミノ基;窒素原子を含み、該窒素原子がピラン骨格の炭素原子と直接結合する複素環基;シアノ基;ニトロ基;ホルミル基;ヒドロキシカルボニル基;アルキルカルボニル基;アルコキシカルボニル基;ハロゲン原子;アラルキル基;アリール基;アラルコキシ基;又はアリールオキシ基であり、
     R12は、請求項2において定義したR1'及びR2'の中で、Hammett数σpが-0.1以下の電子供与性の基である]
    で表される請求項2に記載のクロメン化合物。
    General formula (5)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    [Where:
    R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b and d are respectively the same as defined in claim 2,
    R 3 and R 11 are a hydrogen atom; a hydroxyl group; an alkyl group; a haloalkyl group; a cycloalkyl group; an alkoxy group; an amino group; a nitrogen atom, and a heterocyclic group in which the nitrogen atom is directly bonded to a carbon atom of a pyran skeleton. Cyano group, nitro group, formyl group, hydroxycarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, halogen atom, aralkyl group, aryl group, aralkoxy group, or aryloxy group,
    R 12 is an electron-donating group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less among R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ defined in claim 2]
    The chromene compound of Claim 2 represented by these.
  12.  一般式(6)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
             
    [式中、
     R1、R2、R2'、R4、R5、R6、R7、b及びdは、それぞれ、請求項2に記載のものと同意義であり、
     R3及びR11は、請求項10に記載のものと同意義であり、
     R13は、請求項2において定義したR1'及びR2'の中でHammett数σpが-0.1以下の電子供与性の基である]
    で表される請求項2記載のクロメン化合物。
    General formula (6)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    [Where:
    R 1 , R 2 , R 2 ′ , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , b and d are each as defined in claim 2;
    R 3 and R 11 are as defined in claim 10;
    R 13 is an electron donating group having a Hammett number σ p of −0.1 or less among R 1 ′ and R 2 ′ defined in claim 2]
    The chromene compound of Claim 2 represented by these.
  13.  請求項2記載のクロメン化合物を製造する方法であって、一般式(7)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
             
    (ここで、R1、R2、R1'、R2' 、R6、R7、a、b、c及びdは、それぞれ、請求項2に記載のものと同意義である)で表されるナフトール誘導体を、酸触媒の存在下、一般式(8)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
             
    (式中、R4及びR5は、請求項2に記載のものと同意義である)で表されるプロパルギルアルコール誘導体と反応させるとことを特徴とするクロメン化合物の製法。
    A method for producing the chromene compound according to claim 2, wherein the chromene compound has the general formula (7).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c and d are as defined in claim 2, respectively. The naphthol derivative obtained is represented by the general formula (8) in the presence of an acid catalyst.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    (Wherein R 4 and R 5 are the same as defined in claim 2), and a reaction with a propargyl alcohol derivative.
  14.  請求項1~11のいずれかに記載のクロメン化合物と重合性単量体とを含有するフォトクロミック硬化性組成物。 A photochromic curable composition comprising the chromene compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 and a polymerizable monomer.
  15.  請求項1~11のいずれかに記載のクロメン化合物が内部に分散している高分子成型体を構成部材として有するフォトクロミック光学物品。 A photochromic optical article having, as a constituent member, a polymer molded body in which the chromene compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 is dispersed.
  16.  少なくとも1つの面の全部又は一部が、請求項1~11のいずれかに記載のクロメン化合物が分散している高分子膜で被覆された光学基材を構成部材として有する光学物品。 An optical article having, as a constituent member, an optical substrate in which all or a part of at least one surface is coated with a polymer film in which the chromene compound according to any one of claims 1 to 11 is dispersed.
  17.  一般式(7)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
             
    (ここで、R1、R2、R1'、R2' 、R6、R7、a、b、c及びdは、それぞれ、請求項2に記載のものと同意義である)で表わされるナフトール誘導体。
    General formula (7)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    (Wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 1 ′ , R 2 ′ , R 6 , R 7 , a, b, c and d are the same as defined in claim 2). Naphthol derivative.
PCT/JP2010/072550 2009-12-22 2010-12-15 Chromene compound WO2011078030A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011547495A JPWO2011078030A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2010-12-15 Chromene compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009290518 2009-12-22
JP2009-290518 2009-12-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011078030A1 true WO2011078030A1 (en) 2011-06-30

Family

ID=44195560

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/072550 WO2011078030A1 (en) 2009-12-22 2010-12-15 Chromene compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2011078030A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2011078030A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018235771A1 (en) 2017-06-20 2018-12-27 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic polyrotaxane compound, and curable composition containing said photochromic polyrotaxane compound
WO2020017610A1 (en) 2018-07-20 2020-01-23 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic compound and curable composition containing said photochromic compound
WO2021075383A1 (en) 2019-10-17 2021-04-22 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic hydroxyurethane compound
WO2022030557A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic compound, photochromic curable composition, cured body, lens, and eyeglasses

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005028465A1 (en) * 2003-09-18 2005-03-31 Tokuyama Corporation Chromene compound
JP2005187420A (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-07-14 Tokuyama Corp Chromene compound
WO2005090327A1 (en) * 2003-03-20 2005-09-29 Transitions Optical, Inc. Indeno-fused photochromic naphthopyrans, naphthols and photochromic articles
WO2006110513A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2006-10-19 Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. Ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems
WO2006110221A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2006-10-19 Transitions Optical, Inc. Photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems and compositions and articles including the same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005090327A1 (en) * 2003-03-20 2005-09-29 Transitions Optical, Inc. Indeno-fused photochromic naphthopyrans, naphthols and photochromic articles
WO2005028465A1 (en) * 2003-09-18 2005-03-31 Tokuyama Corporation Chromene compound
JP2005187420A (en) * 2003-12-26 2005-07-14 Tokuyama Corp Chromene compound
WO2006110513A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2006-10-19 Johnson & Johnson Vision Care, Inc. Ophthalmic devices comprising photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems
WO2006110221A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2006-10-19 Transitions Optical, Inc. Photochromic materials having extended pi-conjugated systems and compositions and articles including the same

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018235771A1 (en) 2017-06-20 2018-12-27 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic polyrotaxane compound, and curable composition containing said photochromic polyrotaxane compound
WO2020017610A1 (en) 2018-07-20 2020-01-23 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic compound and curable composition containing said photochromic compound
WO2021075383A1 (en) 2019-10-17 2021-04-22 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic hydroxyurethane compound
WO2022030557A1 (en) 2020-08-06 2022-02-10 株式会社トクヤマ Photochromic compound, photochromic curable composition, cured body, lens, and eyeglasses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2011078030A1 (en) 2013-05-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5685541B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP5606441B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP5813095B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP4663523B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP6031035B2 (en) Chromene compound and curable composition
JP2005187420A (en) Chromene compound
JP2005289807A (en) Chromene compound
JP5828846B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP5813019B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP2005112772A (en) Chromene compound
JP6798851B2 (en) A chromene compound and a curable composition containing the chromene compound.
WO2011078030A1 (en) Chromene compound
JP5721544B2 (en) Chromene compounds
JP2011057581A (en) Chromene compound
JP2011074046A (en) Chromene compound

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10839263

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2011547495

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10839263

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1